[BACK]Return to tmux.1 CVS log [TXT][DIR] Up to [local] / src / usr.bin / tmux

Annotation of src/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1, Revision 1.944

1.944   ! nicm        1: .\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.943 2024/05/14 07:52:19 nicm Exp $
1.1       nicm        2: .\"
1.477     nicm        3: .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
1.1       nicm        4: .\"
                      5: .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
                      6: .\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
                      7: .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
                      8: .\"
                      9: .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
                     10: .\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                     11: .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
                     12: .\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
                     13: .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
                     14: .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
                     15: .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
                     16: .\"
1.943     nicm       17: .Dd $Mdocdate: May 14 2024 $
1.1       nicm       18: .Dt TMUX 1
                     19: .Os
                     20: .Sh NAME
                     21: .Nm tmux
1.6       jmc        22: .Nd terminal multiplexer
1.1       nicm       23: .Sh SYNOPSIS
                     24: .Nm tmux
                     25: .Bk -words
1.906     jmc        26: .Op Fl 2CDlNuVv
1.91      nicm       27: .Op Fl c Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm       28: .Op Fl f Ar file
                     29: .Op Fl L Ar socket-name
                     30: .Op Fl S Ar socket-path
1.744     nicm       31: .Op Fl T Ar features
1.1       nicm       32: .Op Ar command Op Ar flags
                     33: .Ek
                     34: .Sh DESCRIPTION
                     35: .Nm
1.59      jmc        36: is a terminal multiplexer:
                     37: it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
                     38: controlled from a single screen.
1.67      jmc        39: .Nm
                     40: may be detached from a screen
                     41: and continue running in the background,
                     42: then later reattached.
1.1       nicm       43: .Pp
1.60      nicm       44: When
                     45: .Nm
1.886     naddy      46: is started, it creates a new
1.60      nicm       47: .Em session
                     48: with a single
                     49: .Em window
                     50: and displays it on screen.
                     51: A status line at the bottom of the screen
                     52: shows information on the current session
                     53: and is used to enter interactive commands.
                     54: .Pp
                     55: A session is a single collection of
                     56: .Em pseudo terminals
                     57: under the management of
                     58: .Nm .
                     59: Each session has one or more
                     60: windows linked to it.
                     61: A window occupies the entire screen
                     62: and may be split into rectangular panes,
                     63: each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
                     64: (the
                     65: .Xr pty 4
                     66: manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
                     67: Any number of
                     68: .Nm
                     69: instances may connect to the same session,
                     70: and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
                     71: Once all sessions are killed,
                     72: .Nm
                     73: exits.
                     74: .Pp
1.64      nicm       75: Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
1.66      jmc        76: (such as
1.64      nicm       77: .Xr ssh 1
1.67      jmc        78: connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
1.64      nicm       79: .Ql C-b d
                     80: key strokes).
                     81: .Nm
                     82: may be reattached using:
                     83: .Pp
                     84: .Dl $ tmux attach
1.60      nicm       85: .Pp
1.64      nicm       86: In
                     87: .Nm ,
                     88: a session is displayed on screen by a
                     89: .Em client
                     90: and all sessions are managed by a single
                     91: .Em server .
                     92: The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
                     93: socket in
                     94: .Pa /tmp .
1.65      nicm       95: .Pp
1.1       nicm       96: The options are as follows:
                     97: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
                     98: .It Fl 2
                     99: Force
                    100: .Nm
                    101: to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
1.744     nicm      102: This is equivalent to
                    103: .Fl T Ar 256 .
1.345     nicm      104: .It Fl C
1.369     nicm      105: Start in control mode (see the
                    106: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                    107: section).
1.345     nicm      108: Given twice
                    109: .Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
                    110: disables echo.
1.91      nicm      111: .It Fl c Ar shell-command
                    112: Execute
                    113: .Ar shell-command
                    114: using the default shell.
                    115: If necessary, the
                    116: .Nm
                    117: server will be started to retrieve the
                    118: .Ic default-shell
                    119: option.
1.153     nicm      120: This option is for compatibility with
                    121: .Xr sh 1
                    122: when
                    123: .Nm
                    124: is used as a login shell.
1.767     nicm      125: .It Fl D
                    126: Do not start the
                    127: .Nm
                    128: server as a daemon.
                    129: This also turns the
                    130: .Ic exit-empty
                    131: option off.
                    132: With
                    133: .Fl D ,
                    134: .Ar command
                    135: may not be specified.
1.1       nicm      136: .It Fl f Ar file
                    137: Specify an alternative configuration file.
                    138: By default,
                    139: .Nm
1.26      nicm      140: loads the system configuration file from
                    141: .Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
                    142: if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
1.934     nicm      143: .Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf .
1.306     nicm      144: .Pp
1.1       nicm      145: The configuration file is a set of
                    146: .Nm
                    147: commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
1.306     nicm      148: .Nm
                    149: loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
                    150: The
                    151: .Ic source-file
                    152: command may be used to load a file later.
1.61      nicm      153: .Pp
                    154: .Nm
1.306     nicm      155: shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
                    156: session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
1.1       nicm      157: .It Fl L Ar socket-name
                    158: .Nm
                    159: stores the server socket in a directory under
1.455     nicm      160: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    161: or
1.208     nicm      162: .Pa /tmp
1.455     nicm      163: if it is unset.
1.355     nicm      164: The default socket is named
1.1       nicm      165: .Em default .
                    166: This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
                    167: independent
                    168: .Nm
                    169: servers to be run.
                    170: Unlike
                    171: .Fl S
1.789     nicm      172: a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
                    173: .Pa tmux-UID
                    174: under the directory given by
                    175: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    176: or in
                    177: .Pa /tmp .
                    178: The
                    179: .Pa tmux-UID
                    180: directory is created by
                    181: .Nm
                    182: and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
1.2       nicm      183: .Pp
                    184: If the socket is accidentally removed, the
1.6       jmc       185: .Dv SIGUSR1
1.2       nicm      186: signal may be sent to the
                    187: .Nm
1.422     nicm      188: server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
                    189: directories are missing).
1.166     sobrado   190: .It Fl l
                    191: Behave as a login shell.
                    192: This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
                    193: when using tmux as a login shell.
1.811     nicm      194: .It Fl N
                    195: Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
                    196: .Ic new-session
                    197: or
                    198: .Ic start-server ) .
1.1       nicm      199: .It Fl S Ar socket-path
                    200: Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
                    201: If
                    202: .Fl S
                    203: is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
                    204: .Fl L
                    205: flag is ignored.
1.906     jmc       206: .It Fl T Ar features
                    207: Set terminal features for the client.
                    208: This is a comma-separated list of features.
                    209: See the
                    210: .Ic terminal-features
                    211: option.
1.1       nicm      212: .It Fl u
1.644     schwarze  213: Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
                    214: variable of
1.14      nicm      215: .Ev LC_ALL ,
1.644     schwarze  216: .Ev LC_CTYPE ,
                    217: or
1.2       nicm      218: .Ev LANG
1.644     schwarze  219: that is set does not contain
                    220: .Qq UTF-8
                    221: or
                    222: .Qq UTF8 .
1.906     jmc       223: .It Fl V
                    224: Report the
                    225: .Nm
                    226: version.
1.1       nicm      227: .It Fl v
                    228: Request verbose logging.
                    229: Log messages will be saved into
                    230: .Pa tmux-client-PID.log
                    231: and
                    232: .Pa tmux-server-PID.log
                    233: files in the current directory, where
                    234: .Em PID
1.6       jmc       235: is the PID of the server or client process.
1.558     nicm      236: If
                    237: .Fl v
                    238: is specified twice, an additional
                    239: .Pa tmux-out-PID.log
                    240: file is generated with a copy of everything
                    241: .Nm
                    242: writes to the terminal.
                    243: .Pp
                    244: The
                    245: .Dv SIGUSR2
                    246: signal may be sent to the
                    247: .Nm
                    248: server process to toggle logging between on (as if
                    249: .Fl v
                    250: was given) and off.
1.1       nicm      251: .It Ar command Op Ar flags
                    252: This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
                    253: .Nm ,
1.6       jmc       254: as described in the following sections.
1.59      jmc       255: If no commands are specified, the
1.1       nicm      256: .Ic new-session
                    257: command is assumed.
1.57      jmc       258: .El
1.627     nicm      259: .Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
1.64      nicm      260: .Nm
                    261: may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
                    262: prefix key,
                    263: .Ql C-b
                    264: (Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
                    265: .Pp
1.172     nicm      266: The default command key bindings are:
1.64      nicm      267: .Pp
1.171     nicm      268: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
                    269: .It C-b
                    270: Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
                    271: .It C-o
                    272: Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
                    273: .It C-z
                    274: Suspend the
                    275: .Nm
                    276: client.
                    277: .It !
                    278: Break the current pane out of the window.
                    279: .It \&"
1.625     nicm      280: .\" "
1.171     nicm      281: Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
                    282: .It #
                    283: List all paste buffers.
1.236     nicm      284: .It $
                    285: Rename the current session.
1.171     nicm      286: .It %
                    287: Split the current pane into two, left and right.
                    288: .It &
                    289: Kill the current window.
1.934     nicm      290: .It \[aq]
1.171     nicm      291: Prompt for a window index to select.
1.412     nicm      292: .It \&(
                    293: Switch the attached client to the previous session.
                    294: .It \&)
                    295: Switch the attached client to the next session.
1.171     nicm      296: .It ,
                    297: Rename the current window.
                    298: .It -
                    299: Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
                    300: .It .
                    301: Prompt for an index to move the current window.
                    302: .It 0 to 9
                    303: Select windows 0 to 9.
                    304: .It :
                    305: Enter the
                    306: .Nm
                    307: command prompt.
1.187     nicm      308: .It ;
                    309: Move to the previously active pane.
1.178     nicm      310: .It =
                    311: Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
1.171     nicm      312: .It \&?
                    313: List all key bindings.
                    314: .It D
                    315: Choose a client to detach.
1.412     nicm      316: .It L
                    317: Switch the attached client back to the last session.
1.182     jmc       318: .It \&[
1.171     nicm      319: Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
1.182     jmc       320: .It \&]
1.171     nicm      321: Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
1.64      nicm      322: .It c
1.65      nicm      323: Create a new window.
1.64      nicm      324: .It d
1.65      nicm      325: Detach the current client.
1.171     nicm      326: .It f
                    327: Prompt to search for text in open windows.
                    328: .It i
                    329: Display some information about the current window.
1.64      nicm      330: .It l
1.65      nicm      331: Move to the previously selected window.
1.684     nicm      332: .It m
                    333: Mark the current pane (see
                    334: .Ic select-pane
                    335: .Fl m ) .
                    336: .It M
                    337: Clear the marked pane.
1.64      nicm      338: .It n
1.65      nicm      339: Change to the next window.
1.171     nicm      340: .It o
                    341: Select the next pane in the current window.
1.64      nicm      342: .It p
1.65      nicm      343: Change to the previous window.
1.171     nicm      344: .It q
                    345: Briefly display pane indexes.
                    346: .It r
                    347: Force redraw of the attached client.
                    348: .It s
                    349: Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
                    350: .It t
                    351: Show the time.
                    352: .It w
                    353: Choose the current window interactively.
                    354: .It x
                    355: Kill the current pane.
1.412     nicm      356: .It z
                    357: Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
1.171     nicm      358: .It {
                    359: Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
                    360: .It }
                    361: Swap the current pane with the next pane.
1.934     nicm      362: .It \[ti]
1.171     nicm      363: Show previous messages from
                    364: .Nm ,
                    365: if any.
                    366: .It Page Up
                    367: Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
                    368: .It Up, Down
                    369: .It Left, Right
                    370: Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
                    371: pane.
                    372: .It M-1 to M-5
                    373: Arrange panes in one of the five preset layouts: even-horizontal,
                    374: even-vertical, main-horizontal, main-vertical, or tiled.
1.412     nicm      375: .It Space
                    376: Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
1.171     nicm      377: .It M-n
                    378: Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
                    379: .It M-o
                    380: Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
                    381: .It M-p
                    382: Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
                    383: .It C-Up, C-Down
                    384: .It C-Left, C-Right
                    385: Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
                    386: .It M-Up, M-Down
                    387: .It M-Left, M-Right
                    388: Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
1.64      nicm      389: .El
                    390: .Pp
                    391: Key bindings may be changed with the
                    392: .Ic bind-key
                    393: and
                    394: .Ic unbind-key
                    395: commands.
1.651     nicm      396: .Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
                    397: .Nm
                    398: supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
                    399: behaviour.
                    400: Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
                    401: They may be bound to a key with the
                    402: .Ic bind-key
                    403: command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
                    404: the command prompt.
                    405: For example, the same
                    406: .Ic set-option
                    407: command run from the shell prompt, from
1.934     nicm      408: .Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf
1.651     nicm      409: and bound to a key may look like:
                    410: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    411: $ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    412:
                    413: set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    414:
                    415: bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    416: .Ed
                    417: .Pp
                    418: Here, the command name is
                    419: .Ql set-option ,
                    420: .Ql Fl g
                    421: is a flag and
                    422: .Ql status-style
                    423: and
                    424: .Ql bg=cyan
                    425: are arguments.
                    426: .Pp
                    427: .Nm
                    428: distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
                    429: In order to execute a command,
                    430: .Nm
                    431: needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
                    432: This is command parsing.
                    433: If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
                    434: .Nm
                    435: or from a configuration file,
                    436: .Nm
                    437: does.
                    438: Examples of when
                    439: .Nm
                    440: parses commands are:
                    441: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    442: .It
                    443: in a configuration file;
                    444: .It
                    445: typed at the command prompt (see
                    446: .Ic command-prompt ) ;
                    447: .It
                    448: given to
                    449: .Ic bind-key ;
                    450: .It
                    451: passed as arguments to
                    452: .Ic if-shell
                    453: or
                    454: .Ic confirm-before .
                    455: .El
                    456: .Pp
                    457: To execute commands, each client has a
                    458: .Ql command queue .
                    459: A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
                    460: for configuration files like
1.934     nicm      461: .Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf .
1.651     nicm      462: Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
                    463: Some commands, like
                    464: .Ic if-shell
                    465: and
                    466: .Ic confirm-before ,
                    467: parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
                    468: after themselves.
1.916     nicm      469: This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent
                    470: command (such as
1.651     nicm      471: .Ic if-shell )
                    472: is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
                    473: Commands like
                    474: .Ic if-shell ,
                    475: .Ic run-shell
                    476: and
                    477: .Ic display-panes
                    478: stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
                    479: .Ic if-shell
                    480: and
                    481: .Ic run-shell
                    482: until a shell command finishes and
                    483: .Ic display-panes
                    484: until a key is pressed.
                    485: For example, the following commands:
                    486: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    487: new-session; new-window
                    488: if-shell "true" "split-window"
                    489: kill-session
                    490: .Ed
                    491: .Pp
                    492: Will execute
                    493: .Ic new-session ,
                    494: .Ic new-window ,
                    495: .Ic if-shell ,
                    496: the shell command
                    497: .Xr true 1 ,
1.671     nicm      498: .Ic split-window
1.651     nicm      499: and
                    500: .Ic kill-session
                    501: in that order.
                    502: .Pp
                    503: The
                    504: .Sx COMMANDS
                    505: section lists the
                    506: .Nm
                    507: commands and their arguments.
                    508: .Sh PARSING SYNTAX
                    509: This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
                    510: .Nm ,
                    511: for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
1.671     nicm      512: Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
1.651     nicm      513: - see for example
                    514: .Xr ksh 1
                    515: or
                    516: .Xr csh 1 .
                    517: .Pp
                    518: Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
                    519: Commands separated by semicolons together form a
                    520: .Ql command sequence
                    521: - if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
                    522: executed.
1.825     nicm      523: .Pp
                    524: It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
                    525: written as an individual token, for example from
                    526: .Xr sh 1 :
                    527: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    528: $ tmux neww \\; splitw
                    529: .Ed
                    530: .Pp
                    531: Or:
                    532: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      533: $ tmux neww \[aq];\[aq] splitw
1.825     nicm      534: .Ed
                    535: .Pp
                    536: Or from the tmux command prompt:
                    537: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    538: neww ; splitw
                    539: .Ed
                    540: .Pp
                    541: However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
                    542: for example in these
                    543: .Xr sh 1
                    544: commands:
                    545: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.913     nicm      546: $ tmux neww\e; splitw
1.825     nicm      547: .Ed
                    548: .Pp
                    549: Or:
                    550: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      551: $ tmux \[aq]neww;\[aq] splitw
1.825     nicm      552: .Ed
                    553: .Pp
                    554: As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
                    555: to properly quote semicolons:
                    556: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    557: .It
                    558: Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
                    559: should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
                    560: For
                    561: .Xr sh 1
                    562: this typically means quoted (such as
1.934     nicm      563: .Ql neww \[aq];\[aq] splitw )
1.825     nicm      564: or escaped (such as
1.826     jmc       565: .Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
1.825     nicm      566: .It
                    567: Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
                    568: arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
                    569: a second time for
                    570: .Nm ;
                    571: for example:
                    572: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      573: $ tmux neww \[aq]foo\e\e;\[aq] bar
1.826     jmc       574: $ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
1.825     nicm      575: .Ed
                    576: .It
                    577: Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
                    578: be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
                    579: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      580: $ tmux neww \[aq]foo-;-bar\[aq]
1.826     jmc       581: $ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
1.825     nicm      582: .Ed
                    583: .El
1.651     nicm      584: .Pp
                    585: Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
                    586: comment is ignored until the end of the line.
                    587: .Pp
                    588: If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
                    589: line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
                    590: This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
1.656     nicm      591: strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
1.651     nicm      592: .Pp
1.935     nicm      593: Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (\[aq])
                    594: quotes, double quotes (\[dq]) or braces ({}).
1.651     nicm      595: .\" "
                    596: This is required when the argument contains any special character.
1.655     nicm      597: Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
                    598: continuation.
                    599: Braces can span multiple lines.
1.651     nicm      600: .Pp
                    601: Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
                    602: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    603: .It
                    604: Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
                    605: global environment (see the
                    606: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    607: section).
                    608: .It
1.934     nicm      609: A leading \[ti] or \[ti]user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
1.651     nicm      610: specified user.
                    611: .It
                    612: \euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
                    613: the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
                    614: .It
                    615: When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
                    616: the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
                    617: tab.
1.660     nicm      618: .It
                    619: \eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
                    620: Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
                    621: The largest valid character is \e377.
                    622: .It
1.651     nicm      623: Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
                    624: is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
                    625: \e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
                    626: variable.
                    627: .El
                    628: .Pp
1.776     nicm      629: Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
                    630: .Ql %if
                    631: are processed) and then converted into a string.
                    632: They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
                    633: group of
1.655     nicm      634: .Nm
1.776     nicm      635: commands as an argument (for example to
                    636: .Ic if-shell ) .
1.655     nicm      637: These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
                    638: needed when using {}:
                    639: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    640: if-shell true {
1.934     nicm      641:     display -p \[aq]brace-dollar-foo: }$foo\[aq]
1.655     nicm      642: }
                    643:
1.934     nicm      644: if-shell true "display -p \[aq]brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo\[aq]"
1.655     nicm      645: .Ed
                    646: .Pp
                    647: Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
                    648: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    649: bind x if-shell "true" {
                    650:     if-shell "true" {
1.706     nicm      651:         display "true!"
1.655     nicm      652:     }
                    653: }
                    654: .Ed
                    655: .Pp
1.651     nicm      656: Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
                    657: .Ql name=value ,
                    658: for example
                    659: .Ql HOME=/home/user .
                    660: Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
1.728     nicm      661: A hidden variable may be set with
                    662: .Ql %hidden ,
                    663: for example:
                    664: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    665: %hidden MYVAR=42
                    666: .Ed
                    667: .Pp
                    668: Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
                    669: by tmux.
                    670: See the
                    671: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    672: section.
1.651     nicm      673: .Pp
                    674: Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
                    675: .Ql %if ,
                    676: .Ql %elif ,
                    677: .Ql %else
                    678: and
                    679: .Ql %endif .
                    680: The argument to
                    681: .Ql %if
                    682: and
                    683: .Ql %elif
                    684: is expanded as a format (see
                    685: .Sx FORMATS )
                    686: and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
                    687: the closing
                    688: .Ql %elif ,
                    689: .Ql %else
                    690: or
                    691: .Ql %endif .
                    692: For example:
                    693: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.666     nicm      694: %if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
1.651     nicm      695: set -g status-style bg=red
1.666     nicm      696: %elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
1.651     nicm      697: set -g status-style bg=green
                    698: %else
                    699: set -g status-style bg=blue
                    700: %endif
                    701: .Ed
                    702: .Pp
                    703: Will change the status line to red if running on
                    704: .Ql myhost ,
                    705: green if running on
                    706: .Ql myotherhost ,
                    707: or blue if running on another host.
                    708: Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
                    709: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    710: %if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
                    711: .Ed
1.57      jmc       712: .Sh COMMANDS
1.651     nicm      713: This section describes the commands supported by
1.57      jmc       714: .Nm .
                    715: Most commands accept the optional
                    716: .Fl t
1.432     nicm      717: (and sometimes
                    718: .Fl s )
1.57      jmc       719: argument with one of
                    720: .Ar target-client ,
1.678     nicm      721: .Ar target-session ,
1.57      jmc       722: .Ar target-window ,
                    723: or
                    724: .Ar target-pane .
                    725: These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
1.423     nicm      726: .Pp
1.57      jmc       727: .Ar target-client
1.540     nicm      728: should be the name of the client,
                    729: typically the
1.57      jmc       730: .Xr pty 4
                    731: file to which the client is connected, for example either of
                    732: .Pa /dev/ttyp1
                    733: or
                    734: .Pa ttyp1
                    735: for the client attached to
                    736: .Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
1.423     nicm      737: If no client is specified,
                    738: .Nm
                    739: attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
                    740: reported.
1.57      jmc       741: Clients may be listed with the
                    742: .Ic list-clients
                    743: command.
1.1       nicm      744: .Pp
1.57      jmc       745: .Ar target-session
1.423     nicm      746: is tried as, in order:
                    747: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    748: .It
                    749: A session ID prefixed with a $.
                    750: .It
                    751: An exact name of a session (as listed by the
1.57      jmc       752: .Ic list-sessions
1.423     nicm      753: command).
                    754: .It
                    755: The start of a session name, for example
                    756: .Ql mysess
                    757: would match a session named
                    758: .Ql mysession .
                    759: .It
                    760: An
1.57      jmc       761: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      762: pattern which is matched against the session name.
                    763: .El
                    764: .Pp
1.441     nicm      765: If the session name is prefixed with an
                    766: .Ql = ,
1.435     nicm      767: only an exact match is accepted (so
                    768: .Ql =mysess
                    769: will only match exactly
                    770: .Ql mysess ,
                    771: not
                    772: .Ql mysession ) .
1.441     nicm      773: .Pp
1.423     nicm      774: If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
1.57      jmc       775: produce an error.
                    776: If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
1.117     nicm      777: current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
1.1       nicm      778: .Pp
1.57      jmc       779: .Ar target-window
1.472     nicm      780: (or
                    781: .Ar src-window
                    782: or
                    783: .Ar dst-window )
1.57      jmc       784: specifies a window in the form
                    785: .Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
                    786: .Em session
                    787: follows the same rules as for
                    788: .Ar target-session ,
                    789: and
                    790: .Em window
1.423     nicm      791: is looked for in order as:
                    792: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    793: .It
                    794: A special token, listed below.
                    795: .It
                    796: A window index, for example
                    797: .Ql mysession:1
                    798: is window 1 in session
                    799: .Ql mysession .
                    800: .It
                    801: A window ID, such as @1.
                    802: .It
                    803: An exact window name, such as
                    804: .Ql mysession:mywindow .
                    805: .It
                    806: The start of a window name, such as
                    807: .Ql mysession:mywin .
                    808: .It
                    809: As an
1.57      jmc       810: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      811: pattern matched against the window name.
                    812: .El
                    813: .Pp
1.435     nicm      814: Like sessions, a
                    815: .Ql =
                    816: prefix will do an exact match only.
1.57      jmc       817: An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
                    818: example the
                    819: .Ic new-window
                    820: and
                    821: .Ic link-window
                    822: commands)
                    823: otherwise the current window in
                    824: .Em session
                    825: is chosen.
1.423     nicm      826: .Pp
1.424     nicm      827: The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
                    828: Each has a single-character alternative form.
1.423     nicm      829: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    830: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    831: .It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
                    832: .It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
                    833: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
                    834: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
                    835: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
                    836: .El
1.1       nicm      837: .Pp
1.57      jmc       838: .Ar target-pane
1.472     nicm      839: (or
                    840: .Ar src-pane
                    841: or
                    842: .Ar dst-pane )
                    843: may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
1.57      jmc       844: .Ar target-window
1.423     nicm      845: but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
                    846: for example:
                    847: .Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
1.57      jmc       848: If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
                    849: window is used.
1.423     nicm      850: The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
                    851: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    852: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    853: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
                    854: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
                    855: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
                    856: .It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
                    857: .It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
                    858: .It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
                    859: .It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
                    860: .It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
                    861: .It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
                    862: .It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
                    863: .It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
1.447     nicm      864: .It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
                    865: .It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
                    866: .It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
                    867: .It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
1.423     nicm      868: .El
1.177     nicm      869: .Pp
1.423     nicm      870: The tokens
1.177     nicm      871: .Ql +
                    872: and
                    873: .Ql -
                    874: may be followed by an offset, for example:
                    875: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    876: select-window -t:+2
                    877: .Ed
                    878: .Pp
1.432     nicm      879: In addition,
                    880: .Em target-session ,
                    881: .Em target-window
                    882: or
                    883: .Em target-pane
                    884: may consist entirely of the token
                    885: .Ql {mouse}
                    886: (alternative form
                    887: .Ql = )
1.916     nicm      888: to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event
                    889: occurred (see the
1.432     nicm      890: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                    891: section)
                    892: or
                    893: .Ql {marked}
                    894: (alternative form
1.934     nicm      895: .Ql \[ti] )
1.432     nicm      896: to specify the marked pane (see
                    897: .Ic select-pane
                    898: .Fl m ) .
                    899: .Pp
1.423     nicm      900: Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
                    901: prefixed with a
                    902: .Ql $ ,
                    903: windows with a
                    904: .Ql @ ,
                    905: and panes with a
                    906: .Ql % .
                    907: These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
                    908: in the
1.212     nicm      909: .Nm
1.423     nicm      910: server.
                    911: The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
1.212     nicm      912: .Ev TMUX_PANE
                    913: environment variable.
1.423     nicm      914: IDs may be displayed using the
                    915: .Ql session_id ,
                    916: .Ql window_id ,
                    917: or
                    918: .Ql pane_id
                    919: formats (see the
                    920: .Sx FORMATS
                    921: section) and the
                    922: .Ic display-message ,
                    923: .Ic list-sessions ,
                    924: .Ic list-windows
                    925: or
                    926: .Ic list-panes
                    927: commands.
1.15      jmc       928: .Pp
1.153     nicm      929: .Ar shell-command
                    930: arguments are
                    931: .Xr sh 1
                    932: commands.
1.394     nicm      933: This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
1.153     nicm      934: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      935: new-window \[aq]vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf\[aq]
1.153     nicm      936: .Ed
1.394     nicm      937: .Pp
                    938: Will run:
                    939: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      940: /bin/sh -c \[aq]vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf\[aq]
1.394     nicm      941: .Ed
                    942: .Pp
                    943: Additionally, the
                    944: .Ic new-window ,
                    945: .Ic new-session ,
                    946: .Ic split-window ,
                    947: .Ic respawn-window
                    948: and
                    949: .Ic respawn-pane
                    950: commands allow
                    951: .Ar shell-command
                    952: to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
                    953: .Ql sh -c ) .
                    954: This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
                    955: For example:
                    956: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm      957: $ tmux new-window vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf
1.394     nicm      958: .Ed
                    959: .Pp
                    960: Will run
                    961: .Xr vi 1
                    962: directly without invoking the shell.
1.153     nicm      963: .Pp
                    964: .Ar command
1.910     kn        965: .Op Ar argument ...
1.153     nicm      966: refers to a
                    967: .Nm
1.655     nicm      968: command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
1.153     nicm      969: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.629     nicm      970: bind-key F1 set-option status off
1.153     nicm      971: .Ed
                    972: .Pp
1.655     nicm      973: Or passed as a single string argument in
                    974: .Pa .tmux.conf ,
                    975: for example:
1.153     nicm      976: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.655     nicm      977: bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
1.153     nicm      978: .Ed
                    979: .Pp
                    980: Example
                    981: .Nm
                    982: commands include:
1.13      nicm      983: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.57      jmc       984: refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
                    985:
                    986: rename-session -tfirst newname
                    987:
1.668     nicm      988: set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
1.57      jmc       989:
                    990: new-window ; split-window -d
1.244     nicm      991:
1.934     nicm      992: bind-key R source-file \[ti]/.tmux.conf \e; \e
1.244     nicm      993:        display-message "source-file done"
1.13      nicm      994: .Ed
1.153     nicm      995: .Pp
                    996: Or from
                    997: .Xr sh 1 :
                    998: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    999: $ tmux kill-window -t :1
                   1000:
1.159     jmc      1001: $ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
1.153     nicm     1002:
1.934     nicm     1003: $ tmux new-session -d \[aq]vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf\[aq] \e; split-window -d \e; attach
1.153     nicm     1004: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1005: .Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
1.153     nicm     1006: The
                   1007: .Nm
                   1008: server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
                   1009: Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
                   1010: when they are created with the
                   1011: .Ic new-session
                   1012: command, or later with the
                   1013: .Ic attach-session
                   1014: command.
1.188     nicm     1015: Each session has one or more windows
1.153     nicm     1016: .Em linked
                   1017: into it.
                   1018: Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
                   1019: more panes,
                   1020: each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
                   1021: Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
                   1022: are covered
                   1023: in the
                   1024: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   1025: section.
                   1026: .Pp
                   1027: The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
1.57      jmc      1028: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1029: .Tg attach
1.57      jmc      1030: .It Xo Ic attach-session
1.662     nicm     1031: .Op Fl dErx
1.372     nicm     1032: .Op Fl c Ar working-directory
1.762     nicm     1033: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.57      jmc      1034: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1035: .Xc
1.870     kn       1036: .D1 Pq alias: Ic attach
1.57      jmc      1037: If run from outside
                   1038: .Nm ,
1.937     nicm     1039: attach to
                   1040: .Ar target-session
                   1041: in the current terminal.
                   1042: .Ar target-session
                   1043: must already exist - to create a new session, see the
                   1044: .Ic new-session
                   1045: command (with
                   1046: .Fl A
                   1047: to create or attach).
                   1048: If used from inside, switch the currently attached session to
1.57      jmc      1049: .Ar target-session .
                   1050: If
                   1051: .Fl d
                   1052: is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
1.662     nicm     1053: If
                   1054: .Fl x
1.703     nicm     1055: is given, send
                   1056: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1057: to the parent process of the client as well as
1.662     nicm     1058: detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
1.762     nicm     1059: .Fl f
                   1060: sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
                   1061: The flags are:
                   1062: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.778     nicm     1063: .It active-pane
                   1064: the client has an independent active pane
1.762     nicm     1065: .It ignore-size
                   1066: the client does not affect the size of other clients
                   1067: .It no-output
                   1068: the client does not receive pane output in control mode
1.778     nicm     1069: .It pause-after=seconds
                   1070: output is paused once the pane is
                   1071: .Ar seconds
                   1072: behind in control mode
                   1073: .It read-only
                   1074: the client is read-only
1.786     nicm     1075: .It wait-exit
                   1076: wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
1.762     nicm     1077: .El
                   1078: .Pp
                   1079: A leading
1.799     tim      1080: .Ql \&!
1.762     nicm     1081: turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
1.148     nicm     1082: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1083: is an alias for
                   1084: .Fl f
                   1085: .Ar read-only,ignore-size .
                   1086: When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
1.148     nicm     1087: .Ic detach-client
1.242     nicm     1088: or
                   1089: .Ic switch-client
1.762     nicm     1090: commands have any effect.
1.769     nicm     1091: A client with the
                   1092: .Ar active-pane
                   1093: flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
                   1094: pane used by clients without the flag.
                   1095: This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
                   1096: other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
                   1097: pane.
1.13      nicm     1098: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1099: If no server is started,
                   1100: .Ic attach-session
                   1101: will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
                   1102: configuration file.
1.217     nicm     1103: .Pp
                   1104: The
                   1105: .Ar target-session
                   1106: rules for
                   1107: .Ic attach-session
                   1108: are slightly adjusted: if
                   1109: .Nm
                   1110: needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
                   1111: recently used
                   1112: .Em unattached
                   1113: session.
1.372     nicm     1114: .Pp
                   1115: .Fl c
                   1116: will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
                   1117: .Ar working-directory .
1.436     nicm     1118: .Pp
                   1119: If
                   1120: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1121: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1122: .Ic update-environment
                   1123: option will not be applied.
1.858     kn       1124: .Tg detach
1.211     nicm     1125: .It Xo Ic detach-client
1.463     nicm     1126: .Op Fl aP
1.525     nicm     1127: .Op Fl E Ar shell-command
1.219     nicm     1128: .Op Fl s Ar target-session
1.211     nicm     1129: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1130: .Xc
1.870     kn       1131: .D1 Pq alias: Ic detach
1.218     nicm     1132: Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
                   1133: .Fl t ,
1.258     jmc      1134: or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
1.218     nicm     1135: .Fl s .
1.296     nicm     1136: The
                   1137: .Fl a
                   1138: option kills all but the client given with
                   1139: .Fl t .
1.211     nicm     1140: If
                   1141: .Fl P
1.703     nicm     1142: is given, send
                   1143: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1144: to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
1.211     nicm     1145: to exit.
1.525     nicm     1146: With
                   1147: .Fl E ,
                   1148: run
                   1149: .Ar shell-command
                   1150: to replace the client.
1.858     kn       1151: .Tg has
1.57      jmc      1152: .It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1153: .D1 Pq alias: Ic has
1.57      jmc      1154: Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
                   1155: If it does exist, exit with 0.
                   1156: .It Ic kill-server
                   1157: Kill the
1.1       nicm     1158: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1159: server and clients and destroy all sessions.
1.369     nicm     1160: .It Xo Ic kill-session
1.464     nicm     1161: .Op Fl aC
1.297     nicm     1162: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.369     nicm     1163: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1164: Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
                   1165: sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
1.297     nicm     1166: If
                   1167: .Fl a
                   1168: is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
1.464     nicm     1169: The
                   1170: .Fl C
1.467     nicm     1171: flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
1.464     nicm     1172: session.
1.858     kn       1173: .Tg lsc
1.250     nicm     1174: .It Xo Ic list-clients
                   1175: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.915     nicm     1176: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.250     nicm     1177: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1178: .Xc
1.870     kn       1179: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsc
1.221     jmc      1180: List all clients attached to the server.
1.250     nicm     1181: .Fl F
1.915     nicm     1182: specifies the format of each line and
                   1183: .Fl f
                   1184: a filter.
                   1185: Only clients for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1186: See the
1.252     jmc      1187: .Sx FORMATS
                   1188: section.
1.221     jmc      1189: If
1.220     nicm     1190: .Ar target-session
                   1191: is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
1.858     kn       1192: .Tg lscm
1.489     nicm     1193: .It Xo Ic list-commands
                   1194: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.731     nicm     1195: .Op Ar command
1.489     nicm     1196: .Xc
1.870     kn       1197: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lscm
1.731     nicm     1198: List the syntax of
                   1199: .Ar command
                   1200: or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
1.57      jmc      1201: .Nm .
1.858     kn       1202: .Tg ls
1.738     nicm     1203: .It Xo Ic list-sessions
                   1204: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1205: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   1206: .Xc
1.870     kn       1207: .D1 Pq alias: Ic ls
1.57      jmc      1208: List all sessions managed by the server.
1.247     nicm     1209: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     1210: specifies the format of each line and
                   1211: .Fl f
                   1212: a filter.
                   1213: Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1214: See the
1.247     nicm     1215: .Sx FORMATS
                   1216: section.
1.858     kn       1217: .Tg lockc
1.175     nicm     1218: .It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.870     kn       1219: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lockc
1.92      nicm     1220: Lock
                   1221: .Ar target-client ,
                   1222: see the
                   1223: .Ic lock-server
                   1224: command.
1.858     kn       1225: .Tg locks
1.175     nicm     1226: .It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1227: .D1 Pq alias: Ic locks
1.92      nicm     1228: Lock all clients attached to
                   1229: .Ar target-session .
1.858     kn       1230: .Tg new
1.57      jmc      1231: .It Xo Ic new-session
1.662     nicm     1232: .Op Fl AdDEPX
1.371     nicm     1233: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.760     nicm     1234: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.762     nicm     1235: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.351     nicm     1236: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      1237: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   1238: .Op Fl s Ar session-name
1.536     nicm     1239: .Op Fl t Ar group-name
1.210     nicm     1240: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   1241: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.153     nicm     1242: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      1243: .Xc
1.870     kn       1244: .D1 Pq alias: Ic new
1.57      jmc      1245: Create a new session with name
                   1246: .Ar session-name .
1.153     nicm     1247: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1248: The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
                   1249: .Fl d
                   1250: is given.
                   1251: .Ar window-name
1.1       nicm     1252: and
1.153     nicm     1253: .Ar shell-command
                   1254: are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
1.552     nicm     1255: With
                   1256: .Fl d ,
1.642     nicm     1257: the initial size comes from the global
                   1258: .Ic default-size
                   1259: option;
1.210     nicm     1260: .Fl x
                   1261: and
                   1262: .Fl y
1.602     nicm     1263: can be used to specify a different size.
                   1264: .Ql -
                   1265: uses the size of the current client if any.
1.642     nicm     1266: If
                   1267: .Fl x
                   1268: or
                   1269: .Fl y
                   1270: is given, the
                   1271: .Ic default-size
                   1272: option is set for the session.
1.762     nicm     1273: .Fl f
                   1274: sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
                   1275: .Ic attach-session ) .
1.68      nicm     1276: .Pp
                   1277: If run from a terminal, any
                   1278: .Xr termios 4
                   1279: special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
1.338     nicm     1280: .Pp
                   1281: The
                   1282: .Fl A
                   1283: flag makes
                   1284: .Ic new-session
                   1285: behave like
                   1286: .Ic attach-session
                   1287: if
                   1288: .Ar session-name
1.918     nicm     1289: already exists;
                   1290: if
                   1291: .Fl A
                   1292: is given,
1.338     nicm     1293: .Fl D
                   1294: behaves like
                   1295: .Fl d
1.662     nicm     1296: to
                   1297: .Ic attach-session ,
                   1298: and
                   1299: .Fl X
                   1300: behaves like
                   1301: .Fl x
1.338     nicm     1302: to
                   1303: .Ic attach-session .
1.101     nicm     1304: .Pp
                   1305: If
                   1306: .Fl t
1.536     nicm     1307: is given, it specifies a
                   1308: .Ic session group .
                   1309: Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
1.537     nicm     1310: linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
1.536     nicm     1311: sessions.
1.101     nicm     1312: The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
1.536     nicm     1313: any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
                   1314: The
                   1315: .Ar group-name
                   1316: argument may be:
                   1317: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   1318: .It
                   1319: the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
                   1320: group;
                   1321: .It
                   1322: the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
                   1323: as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
                   1324: .It
                   1325: the name for a new group containing only the new session.
                   1326: .El
                   1327: .Pp
1.101     nicm     1328: .Fl n
1.480     nicm     1329: and
1.153     nicm     1330: .Ar shell-command
1.101     nicm     1331: are invalid if
                   1332: .Fl t
                   1333: is used.
1.351     nicm     1334: .Pp
                   1335: The
                   1336: .Fl P
                   1337: option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
                   1338: By default, it uses the format
1.683     nicm     1339: .Ql #{session_name}:\&
1.351     nicm     1340: but a different format may be specified with
                   1341: .Fl F .
1.436     nicm     1342: .Pp
                   1343: If
                   1344: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1345: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1346: .Ic update-environment
                   1347: option will not be applied.
1.760     nicm     1348: .Fl e
                   1349: takes the form
                   1350: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   1351: and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
                   1352: specified multiple times.
1.858     kn       1353: .Tg refresh
1.248     nicm     1354: .It Xo Ic refresh-client
1.881     nicm     1355: .Op Fl cDLRSU
1.773     nicm     1356: .Op Fl A Ar pane:state
1.788     nicm     1357: .Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
1.855     nicm     1358: .Op Fl C Ar size
1.762     nicm     1359: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.881     nicm     1360: .Op Fl l Op Ar target-pane
1.248     nicm     1361: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.613     nicm     1362: .Op Ar adjustment
1.248     nicm     1363: .Xc
1.870     kn       1364: .D1 Pq alias: Ic refresh
1.57      jmc      1365: Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
                   1366: with
                   1367: .Fl t .
1.248     nicm     1368: If
                   1369: .Fl S
1.538     nicm     1370: is specified, only update the client's status line.
1.535     nicm     1371: .Pp
1.642     nicm     1372: The
                   1373: .Fl U ,
                   1374: .Fl D ,
                   1375: .Fl L
                   1376: .Fl R ,
                   1377: and
                   1378: .Fl c
                   1379: flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
                   1380: to be changed.
                   1381: .Fl U
                   1382: moves the visible part up by
                   1383: .Ar adjustment
                   1384: rows and
                   1385: .Fl D
                   1386: down,
                   1387: .Fl L
                   1388: left by
                   1389: .Ar adjustment
                   1390: columns and
                   1391: .Fl R
                   1392: right.
                   1393: .Fl c
                   1394: returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
                   1395: If
                   1396: .Ar adjustment
                   1397: is omitted, 1 is used.
                   1398: Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
                   1399: window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
                   1400: it.
                   1401: .Pp
1.535     nicm     1402: .Fl C
1.855     nicm     1403: sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
                   1404: control mode client,
                   1405: .Ar size
                   1406: must be one of
                   1407: .Ql widthxheight
                   1408: or
                   1409: .Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
                   1410: for example
                   1411: .Ql 80x24
                   1412: or
                   1413: .Ql @0:80x24 .
1.773     nicm     1414: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1415: allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
1.773     nicm     1416: The argument is a pane ID (with leading
                   1417: .Ql % ) ,
                   1418: a colon, then one of
1.778     nicm     1419: .Ql on ,
1.781     nicm     1420: .Ql off ,
                   1421: .Ql continue
1.773     nicm     1422: or
1.781     nicm     1423: .Ql pause .
1.773     nicm     1424: If
                   1425: .Ql off ,
                   1426: .Nm
                   1427: will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
                   1428: the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
1.778     nicm     1429: If
                   1430: .Ql continue ,
                   1431: .Nm
1.781     nicm     1432: will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
1.778     nicm     1433: .Ar pause-after
                   1434: flag).
1.781     nicm     1435: If
                   1436: .Ql pause ,
                   1437: .Nm
                   1438: will pause the pane.
1.773     nicm     1439: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1440: may be given multiple times for different panes.
1.773     nicm     1441: .Pp
1.788     nicm     1442: .Fl B
                   1443: sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
                   1444: The argument is split into three items by colons:
                   1445: .Ar name
                   1446: is a name for the subscription;
                   1447: .Ar what
                   1448: is a type of item to subscribe to;
                   1449: .Ar format
                   1450: is the format.
                   1451: After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
                   1452: .Ic %subscription-changed
                   1453: notification, at most once a second.
                   1454: If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
                   1455: .Ar what
                   1456: may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
                   1457: a pane ID such as
                   1458: .Ql %0 ;
                   1459: .Ql %*
                   1460: for all panes in the attached session;
1.816     jmc      1461: a window ID such as
1.788     nicm     1462: .Ql @0 ;
                   1463: or
                   1464: .Ql @*
                   1465: for all windows in the attached session.
                   1466: .Pp
1.762     nicm     1467: .Fl f
                   1468: sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
                   1469: .Ic attach-session .
1.677     nicm     1470: .Pp
1.612     nicm     1471: .Fl l
                   1472: requests the clipboard from the client using the
                   1473: .Xr xterm 1
1.881     nicm     1474: escape sequence.
                   1475: If
1.916     nicm     1476: .Ar target-pane
1.881     nicm     1477: is given, the clipboard is sent (in encoded form), otherwise it is stored in a
                   1478: new paste buffer.
1.613     nicm     1479: .Pp
                   1480: .Fl L ,
                   1481: .Fl R ,
                   1482: .Fl U
                   1483: and
                   1484: .Fl D
                   1485: move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
                   1486: by
                   1487: .Ar adjustment ,
                   1488: if the window is larger than the client.
                   1489: .Fl c
                   1490: resets so that the position follows the cursor.
                   1491: See the
                   1492: .Ic window-size
                   1493: option.
1.858     kn       1494: .Tg rename
1.57      jmc      1495: .It Xo Ic rename-session
                   1496: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1497: .Ar new-name
                   1498: .Xc
1.870     kn       1499: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rename
1.57      jmc      1500: Rename the session to
                   1501: .Ar new-name .
1.888     nicm     1502: .It Xo Ic server-access
                   1503: .Op Fl adlrw
                   1504: .Op Ar user
                   1505: .Xc
                   1506: Change the access or read/write permission of
                   1507: .Ar user .
                   1508: The user running the
                   1509: .Nm
                   1510: server (its owner) and the root user cannot be changed and are always
                   1511: permitted access.
                   1512: .Pp
                   1513: .Fl a
                   1514: and
                   1515: .Fl d
                   1516: are used to give or revoke access for the specified user.
                   1517: If the user is already attached, the
                   1518: .Fl d
                   1519: flag causes their clients to be detached.
                   1520: .Pp
                   1521: .Fl r
                   1522: and
                   1523: .Fl w
                   1524: change the permissions for
                   1525: .Ar user :
                   1526: .Fl r
                   1527: makes their clients read-only and
                   1528: .Fl w
                   1529: writable.
                   1530: .Fl l
                   1531: lists current access permissions.
                   1532: .Pp
                   1533: By default, the access list is empty and
                   1534: .Nm
                   1535: creates sockets with file system permissions preventing access by any user
                   1536: other than the owner (and root).
                   1537: These permissions must be changed manually.
                   1538: Great care should be taken not to allow access to untrusted users even
                   1539: read-only.
1.858     kn       1540: .Tg showmsgs
1.121     nicm     1541: .It Xo Ic show-messages
1.465     nicm     1542: .Op Fl JT
1.120     nicm     1543: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1544: .Xc
1.870     kn       1545: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showmsgs
1.764     nicm     1546: Show server messages or information.
                   1547: Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
1.120     nicm     1548: .Ar message-limit
1.384     nicm     1549: server option.
1.377     nicm     1550: .Fl J
                   1551: and
                   1552: .Fl T
1.465     nicm     1553: show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
1.858     kn       1554: .Tg source
1.488     tim      1555: .It Xo Ic source-file
1.793     nicm     1556: .Op Fl Fnqv
1.932     nicm     1557: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.910     kn       1558: .Ar path ...
1.488     tim      1559: .Xc
1.870     kn       1560: .D1 Pq alias: Ic source
1.659     nicm     1561: Execute commands from one or more files specified by
1.519     nicm     1562: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1563: (which may be
1.607     kn       1564: .Xr glob 7
1.659     nicm     1565: patterns).
1.488     tim      1566: If
1.793     nicm     1567: .Fl F
                   1568: is present, then
                   1569: .Ar path
                   1570: is expanded as a format.
                   1571: If
1.488     tim      1572: .Fl q
                   1573: is given, no error will be returned if
                   1574: .Ar path
                   1575: does not exist.
1.651     nicm     1576: With
                   1577: .Fl n ,
                   1578: the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
1.663     nicm     1579: .Fl v
                   1580: shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
1.858     kn       1581: .Tg start
1.57      jmc      1582: .It Ic start-server
1.870     kn       1583: .D1 Pq alias: Ic start
1.57      jmc      1584: Start the
1.1       nicm     1585: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1586: server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
1.707     nicm     1587: .Pp
                   1588: Note that as by default the
                   1589: .Nm
1.916     nicm     1590: server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created
                   1591: in
1.934     nicm     1592: .Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf ,
1.707     nicm     1593: .Ic exit-empty
                   1594: is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
                   1595: For example:
                   1596: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1597: $ tmux start \\; show -g
                   1598: .Ed
1.858     kn       1599: .Tg suspendc
1.57      jmc      1600: .It Xo Ic suspend-client
1.202     nicm     1601: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      1602: .Xc
1.870     kn       1603: .D1 Pq alias: Ic suspendc
1.57      jmc      1604: Suspend a client by sending
                   1605: .Dv SIGTSTP
                   1606: (tty stop).
1.858     kn       1607: .Tg switchc
1.57      jmc      1608: .It Xo Ic switch-client
1.681     nicm     1609: .Op Fl ElnprZ
1.57      jmc      1610: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   1611: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.421     nicm     1612: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      1613: .Xc
1.870     kn       1614: .D1 Pq alias: Ic switchc
1.57      jmc      1615: Switch the current session for client
                   1616: .Ar target-client
                   1617: to
                   1618: .Ar target-session .
1.635     nicm     1619: As a special case,
                   1620: .Fl t
                   1621: may refer to a pane (a target that contains
1.636     jmc      1622: .Ql \&: ,
                   1623: .Ql \&.
1.635     nicm     1624: or
1.636     jmc      1625: .Ql % ) ,
1.681     nicm     1626: to change session, window and pane.
                   1627: In that case,
                   1628: .Fl Z
                   1629: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.183     nicm     1630: If
1.197     jmc      1631: .Fl l ,
1.183     nicm     1632: .Fl n
                   1633: or
                   1634: .Fl p
1.194     nicm     1635: is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
                   1636: respectively.
1.242     nicm     1637: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1638: toggles the client
                   1639: .Ic read-only
                   1640: and
                   1641: .Ic ignore-size
                   1642: flags (see the
1.242     nicm     1643: .Ic attach-session
                   1644: command).
1.436     nicm     1645: .Pp
                   1646: If
                   1647: .Fl E
                   1648: is used,
                   1649: .Ic update-environment
                   1650: option will not be applied.
1.421     nicm     1651: .Pp
                   1652: .Fl T
1.706     nicm     1653: sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
                   1654: from
1.421     nicm     1655: .Ar key-table .
                   1656: This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
                   1657: sequences of keys.
                   1658: For example, to make typing
                   1659: .Ql abc
                   1660: run the
                   1661: .Ic list-keys
                   1662: command:
                   1663: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1664: bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
                   1665: bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
                   1666: bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
                   1667: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1668: .El
                   1669: .Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
1.679     nicm     1670: Each window displayed by
                   1671: .Nm
                   1672: may be split into one or more
                   1673: .Em panes ;
                   1674: each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
                   1675: A window may be split into panes using the
                   1676: .Ic split-window
                   1677: command.
                   1678: Windows may be split horizontally (with the
                   1679: .Fl h
                   1680: flag) or vertically.
                   1681: Panes may be resized with the
                   1682: .Ic resize-pane
                   1683: command (bound to
                   1684: .Ql C-Up ,
                   1685: .Ql C-Down
                   1686: .Ql C-Left
                   1687: and
                   1688: .Ql C-Right
                   1689: by default), the current pane may be changed with the
                   1690: .Ic select-pane
                   1691: command and the
                   1692: .Ic rotate-window
                   1693: and
                   1694: .Ic swap-pane
                   1695: commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
                   1696: Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
                   1697: .Pp
                   1698: By default, a
1.1       nicm     1699: .Nm
1.679     nicm     1700: pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
                   1701: A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
                   1702: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                   1703: .It
                   1704: Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
1.164     nicm     1705: history to be copied to a
1.1       nicm     1706: .Em paste buffer
                   1707: for later insertion into another window.
                   1708: This mode is entered with the
                   1709: .Ic copy-mode
                   1710: command, bound to
1.113     nicm     1711: .Ql \&[
1.1       nicm     1712: by default.
1.734     nicm     1713: Copied text can be pasted with the
                   1714: .Ic paste-buffer
                   1715: command, bound to
                   1716: .Ql \&] .
1.679     nicm     1717: .It
                   1718: View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
                   1719: output, such as
1.164     nicm     1720: .Ic list-keys ,
                   1721: is executed from a key binding.
1.679     nicm     1722: .It
                   1723: Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
                   1724: This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
                   1725: This mode is entered with the
                   1726: .Ic choose-buffer ,
                   1727: .Ic choose-client
                   1728: and
                   1729: .Ic choose-tree
                   1730: commands.
                   1731: .El
1.1       nicm     1732: .Pp
1.678     nicm     1733: In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
                   1734: the current position and the number of lines in the history.
                   1735: .Pp
1.497     nicm     1736: Commands are sent to copy mode using the
                   1737: .Fl X
                   1738: flag to the
                   1739: .Ic send-keys
                   1740: command.
                   1741: When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
                   1742: depending on the
1.1       nicm     1743: .Ic mode-keys
1.497     nicm     1744: option:
                   1745: .Ic copy-mode
                   1746: for emacs, or
                   1747: .Ic copy-mode-vi
                   1748: for vi.
                   1749: Key tables may be viewed with the
                   1750: .Ic list-keys
                   1751: command.
                   1752: .Pp
                   1753: The following commands are supported in copy mode:
1.923     nicm     1754: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1755: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1756: .Ic append-selection
1.923     nicm     1757: .Xc
                   1758: Append the selection to the top paste buffer.
                   1759: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1760: .Ic append-selection-and-cancel
                   1761: (vi: A)
1.923     nicm     1762: .Xc
                   1763: Append the selection to the top paste buffer and exit copy mode.
                   1764: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1765: .Ic back-to-indentation
                   1766: (vi: ^)
                   1767: (emacs: M-m)
1.923     nicm     1768: .Xc
                   1769: Move the cursor back to the indentation.
                   1770: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1771: .Ic begin-selection
                   1772: (vi: Space)
                   1773: (emacs: C-Space)
1.923     nicm     1774: .Xc
                   1775: Begin selection.
                   1776: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1777: .Ic bottom-line
                   1778: (vi: L)
1.923     nicm     1779: .Xc
                   1780: Move to the bottom line.
                   1781: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1782: .Ic cancel
                   1783: (vi: q)
                   1784: (emacs: Escape)
1.923     nicm     1785: .Xc
                   1786: Exit copy mode.
                   1787: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1788: .Ic clear-selection
                   1789: (vi: Escape)
                   1790: (emacs: C-g)
1.923     nicm     1791: .Xc
                   1792: Clear the current selection.
                   1793: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1794: .Ic copy-end-of-line
                   1795: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1796: .Xc
                   1797: Copy from the cursor position to the end of the line.
                   1798: .Ar prefix
                   1799: is used to name the new paste buffer.
                   1800: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1801: .Ic copy-end-of-line-and-cancel
                   1802: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1803: .Xc
                   1804: Copy from the cursor position and exit copy mode.
                   1805: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1806: .Ic copy-line
                   1807: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1808: .Xc
                   1809: Copy the entire line.
                   1810: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1811: .Ic copy-line-and-cancel
                   1812: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1813: .Xc
                   1814: Copy the entire line and exit copy mode.
                   1815: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1816: .Ic copy-selection
                   1817: .Op Ar prefix
1.923     nicm     1818: .Xc
                   1819: Copies the current selection.
                   1820: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1821: .Ic copy-selection-and-cancel
                   1822: .Op Ar prefix
1.924     nicm     1823: (vi: Enter)
                   1824: (emacs: M-w)
1.923     nicm     1825: .Xc
                   1826: Copy the current selection and exit copy mode.
                   1827: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1828: .Ic cursor-down
                   1829: (vi: j)
                   1830: (emacs: Down)
1.923     nicm     1831: .Xc
                   1832: Move the cursor down.
                   1833: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1834: .Ic cursor-left
                   1835: (vi: h)
                   1836: (emacs: Left)
1.923     nicm     1837: .Xc
                   1838: Move the cursor left.
                   1839: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1840: .Ic cursor-right
                   1841: (vi: l)
                   1842: (emacs: Right)
1.923     nicm     1843: .Xc
                   1844: Move the cursor right.
                   1845: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1846: .Ic cursor-up
                   1847: (vi: k)
                   1848: (emacs: Up)
1.923     nicm     1849: .Xc
                   1850: Move the cursor up.
                   1851: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1852: .Ic end-of-line
                   1853: (vi: $)
                   1854: (emacs: C-e)
1.923     nicm     1855: .Xc
                   1856: Move the cursor to the end of the line.
                   1857: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1858: .Ic goto-line
                   1859: .Ar line
1.924     nicm     1860: (vi: :)
                   1861: (emacs: g)
1.923     nicm     1862: .Xc
                   1863: Move the cursor to a specific line.
                   1864: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1865: .Ic history-bottom
                   1866: (vi: G)
                   1867: (emacs: M->)
1.923     nicm     1868: .Xc
                   1869: Scroll to the bottom of the history.
                   1870: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1871: .Ic history-top
                   1872: (vi: g)
                   1873: (emacs: M-<)
1.923     nicm     1874: .Xc
                   1875: Scroll to the top of the history.
                   1876: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1877: .Ic jump-again
                   1878: (vi: ;)
                   1879: (emacs: ;)
1.923     nicm     1880: .Xc
                   1881: Repeat the last jump.
                   1882: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1883: .Ic jump-backward
                   1884: .Ar to
1.924     nicm     1885: (vi: F)
                   1886: (emacs: F)
1.923     nicm     1887: .Xc
                   1888: Jump backwards to the specified text.
                   1889: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1890: .Ic jump-forward
                   1891: .Ar to
1.924     nicm     1892: (vi: f)
                   1893: (emacs: f)
1.923     nicm     1894: .Xc
                   1895: Jump forward to the specified text.
                   1896: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1897: .Ic jump-to-mark
                   1898: (vi: M-x)
                   1899: (emacs: M-x)
1.923     nicm     1900: .Xc
                   1901: Jump to the last mark.
                   1902: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1903: .Ic middle-line
                   1904: (vi: M)
                   1905: (emacs: M-r)
1.923     nicm     1906: .Xc
                   1907: Move to the middle line.
                   1908: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1909: .Ic next-matching-bracket
                   1910: (vi: %)
                   1911: (emacs: M-C-f)
1.923     nicm     1912: .Xc
                   1913: Move to the next matching bracket.
                   1914: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1915: .Ic next-paragraph
                   1916: (vi: })
                   1917: (emacs: M-})
1.923     nicm     1918: .Xc
                   1919: Move to the next paragraph.
                   1920: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1921: .Ic next-prompt
1.926     nicm     1922: .Op Fl o
1.923     nicm     1923: .Xc
                   1924: Move to the next prompt.
                   1925: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1926: .Ic next-word
                   1927: (vi: w)
1.923     nicm     1928: .Xc
                   1929: Move to the next word.
                   1930: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1931: .Ic page-down
                   1932: (vi: C-f)
                   1933: (emacs: PageDown)
1.923     nicm     1934: .Xc
                   1935: Scroll down by one page.
                   1936: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1937: .Ic page-up
                   1938: (vi: C-b)
                   1939: (emacs: PageUp)
1.923     nicm     1940: .Xc
                   1941: Scroll up by one page.
                   1942: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1943: .Ic previous-matching-bracket
                   1944: (emacs: M-C-b)
1.923     nicm     1945: .Xc
                   1946: Move to the previous matching bracket.
                   1947: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1948: .Ic previous-paragraph
                   1949: (vi: {)
                   1950: (emacs: M-{)
1.923     nicm     1951: .Xc
                   1952: Move to the previous paragraph.
                   1953: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1954: .Ic previous-prompt
1.926     nicm     1955: .Op Fl o
1.923     nicm     1956: .Xc
                   1957: Move to the previous prompt.
                   1958: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1959: .Ic previous-word
                   1960: (vi: b)
                   1961: (emacs: M-b)
1.923     nicm     1962: .Xc
                   1963: Move to the previous word.
                   1964: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1965: .Ic rectangle-toggle
                   1966: (vi: v)
                   1967: (emacs: R)
1.923     nicm     1968: .Xc
                   1969: Toggle rectangle selection mode.
                   1970: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1971: .Ic refresh-from-pane
                   1972: (vi: r)
                   1973: (emacs: r)
1.923     nicm     1974: .Xc
                   1975: Refresh the content from the pane.
                   1976: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1977: .Ic search-again
                   1978: (vi: n)
                   1979: (emacs: n)
1.923     nicm     1980: .Xc
                   1981: Repeat the last search.
                   1982: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1983: .Ic search-backward
                   1984: .Ar text
1.924     nicm     1985: (vi: ?)
1.923     nicm     1986: .Xc
                   1987: Search backwards for the specified text.
                   1988: .It Xo
1.926     nicm     1989: .Ic search-forward
                   1990: .Ar text
1.924     nicm     1991: (vi: /)
1.923     nicm     1992: .Xc
                   1993: Search forward for the specified text.
                   1994: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     1995: .Ic select-line
                   1996: (vi: V)
1.923     nicm     1997: .Xc
                   1998: Select the current line.
                   1999: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     2000: .Ic select-word
1.923     nicm     2001: .Xc
                   2002: Select the current word.
                   2003: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     2004: .Ic start-of-line
                   2005: (vi: 0)
                   2006: (emacs: C-a)
1.923     nicm     2007: .Xc
                   2008: Move the cursor to the start of the line.
                   2009: .It Xo
1.924     nicm     2010: .Ic top-line
                   2011: (vi: H)
                   2012: (emacs: M-R)
1.923     nicm     2013: .Xc
                   2014: Move to the top line.
1.1       nicm     2015: .El
1.726     nicm     2016: .Pp
                   2017: The search commands come in several varieties:
                   2018: .Ql search-forward
                   2019: and
                   2020: .Ql search-backward
                   2021: search for a regular expression;
                   2022: the
                   2023: .Ql -text
                   2024: variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
                   2025: .Ql -incremental
                   2026: perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
                   2027: .Fl i
                   2028: flag to the
                   2029: .Ic command-prompt
                   2030: command.
                   2031: .Ql search-again
                   2032: repeats the last search and
                   2033: .Ql search-reverse
                   2034: does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
                   2035: becomes forward).
1.922     nicm     2036: .Pp
                   2037: The
                   2038: .Ql next-prompt
                   2039: and
                   2040: .Ql previous-prompt
                   2041: move between shell prompts, but require the shell to emit an escape sequence
                   2042: (\e033]133;A\e033\e\e) to tell
                   2043: .Nm
                   2044: where the prompts are located; if the shell does not do this, these commands
                   2045: will do nothing.
1.926     nicm     2046: The
                   2047: .Fl o
                   2048: flag jumps to the beginning of the command output instead of the shell prompt.
1.589     nicm     2049: .Pp
1.633     nicm     2050: Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
                   2051: to generate the buffer name (the default is
                   2052: .Ql buffer
                   2053: so buffers are named
                   2054: .Ql buffer0 ,
                   2055: .Ql buffer1
                   2056: and so on).
                   2057: Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
1.820     nicm     2058: selected text is piped.
                   2059: .Ql copy-pipe
                   2060: variants also copy the selection.
1.589     nicm     2061: The
                   2062: .Ql -and-cancel
                   2063: variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
                   2064: commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
1.638     nicm     2065: .Ql -no-clear
                   2066: variants do not clear the selection.
1.146     nicm     2067: .Pp
1.841     nicm     2068: The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
                   2069: runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
                   2070: Word separators can be customized with the
1.154     nicm     2071: .Em word-separators
1.255     nicm     2072: session option.
1.146     nicm     2073: Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
                   2074: next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
                   2075: The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
                   2076: the word separator.
1.841     nicm     2077: Setting
                   2078: .Em word-separators
                   2079: to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
1.157     nicm     2080: .Pp
                   2081: The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
                   2082: For instance, typing
                   2083: .Ql f
                   2084: followed by
                   2085: .Ql /
                   2086: will move the cursor to the next
                   2087: .Ql /
                   2088: character on the current line.
                   2089: A
                   2090: .Ql \&;
                   2091: will then jump to the next occurrence.
1.1       nicm     2092: .Pp
1.155     nicm     2093: Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
                   2094: With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
                   2095: emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
                   2096: .Pp
1.164     nicm     2097: The synopsis for the
                   2098: .Ic copy-mode
                   2099: command is:
1.57      jmc      2100: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   2101: .It Xo Ic copy-mode
1.720     nicm     2102: .Op Fl eHMqu
1.735     nicm     2103: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.72      nicm     2104: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2105: .Xc
                   2106: Enter copy mode.
                   2107: The
                   2108: .Fl u
                   2109: option scrolls one page up.
1.419     nicm     2110: .Fl M
                   2111: begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2112: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.716     nicm     2113: .Fl H
                   2114: hides the position indicator in the top right.
1.720     nicm     2115: .Fl q
                   2116: cancels copy mode and any other modes.
1.735     nicm     2117: .Fl s
                   2118: copies from
                   2119: .Ar src-pane
                   2120: instead of
1.736     nicm     2121: .Ar target-pane .
1.716     nicm     2122: .Pp
1.450     nicm     2123: .Fl e
                   2124: specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
                   2125: should exit copy mode.
                   2126: While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
                   2127: disable this behaviour.
                   2128: This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
                   2129: example with:
                   2130: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2131: bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
                   2132: .Ed
1.57      jmc      2133: .El
1.18      nicm     2134: .Pp
1.916     nicm     2135: A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called
                   2136: layouts.
1.38      nicm     2137: These may be selected with the
                   2138: .Ic select-layout
                   2139: command or cycled with
                   2140: .Ic next-layout
                   2141: (bound to
1.149     nicm     2142: .Ql Space
1.131     nicm     2143: by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
                   2144: as normal.
1.1       nicm     2145: .Pp
                   2146: The following layouts are supported:
                   2147: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   2148: .It Ic even-horizontal
                   2149: Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
                   2150: .It Ic even-vertical
                   2151: Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
1.2       nicm     2152: .It Ic main-horizontal
1.131     nicm     2153: A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
                   2154: are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
1.2       nicm     2155: Use the
                   2156: .Em main-pane-height
                   2157: window option to specify the height of the top pane.
1.1       nicm     2158: .It Ic main-vertical
1.2       nicm     2159: Similar to
                   2160: .Ic main-horizontal
                   2161: but the large pane is placed on the left and the others spread from top to
                   2162: bottom along the right.
                   2163: See the
                   2164: .Em main-pane-width
                   2165: window option.
1.165     nicm     2166: .It Ic tiled
                   2167: Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
                   2168: columns.
1.1       nicm     2169: .El
1.8       nicm     2170: .Pp
1.181     nicm     2171: In addition,
                   2172: .Ic select-layout
                   2173: may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
                   2174: .Ic list-windows
                   2175: command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
                   2176: .Ic select-layout .
                   2177: For example:
                   2178: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2179: $ tmux list-windows
                   2180: 0: ksh [159x48]
                   2181:     layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
1.934     nicm     2182: $ tmux select-layout \[aq]bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}\[aq]
1.181     nicm     2183: .Ed
1.196     nicm     2184: .Pp
1.181     nicm     2185: .Nm
                   2186: automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
                   2187: Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
                   2188: from which the layout was originally defined.
                   2189: .Pp
1.57      jmc      2190: Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
                   2191: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       2192: .Tg breakp
1.57      jmc      2193: .It Xo Ic break-pane
1.784     nicm     2194: .Op Fl abdP
1.280     nicm     2195: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.532     nicm     2196: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
1.440     nicm     2197: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.480     nicm     2198: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
1.57      jmc      2199: .Xc
1.870     kn       2200: .D1 Pq alias: Ic breakp
1.57      jmc      2201: Break
1.440     nicm     2202: .Ar src-pane
                   2203: off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
                   2204: .Ar dst-window .
1.749     nicm     2205: With
1.784     nicm     2206: .Fl a
                   2207: or
                   2208: .Fl b ,
                   2209: the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
                   2210: moved if necessary).
1.57      jmc      2211: If
                   2212: .Fl d
                   2213: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.280     nicm     2214: The
                   2215: .Fl P
                   2216: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2217: By default, it uses the format
1.798     nicm     2218: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
1.280     nicm     2219: but a different format may be specified with
                   2220: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2221: .Tg capturep
1.128     nicm     2222: .It Xo Ic capture-pane
1.902     nicm     2223: .Op Fl aAepPqCJN
1.392     nicm     2224: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.213     nicm     2225: .Op Fl E Ar end-line
                   2226: .Op Fl S Ar start-line
1.128     nicm     2227: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2228: .Xc
1.870     kn       2229: .D1 Pq alias: Ic capturep
1.322     nicm     2230: Capture the contents of a pane.
                   2231: If
                   2232: .Fl p
1.325     nicm     2233: is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
1.322     nicm     2234: .Fl b
                   2235: or a new buffer if omitted.
1.339     nicm     2236: If
                   2237: .Fl a
                   2238: is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
1.340     nicm     2239: If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
                   2240: .Fl q
                   2241: is given.
1.326     nicm     2242: If
                   2243: .Fl e
1.328     nicm     2244: is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
                   2245: attributes.
                   2246: .Fl C
1.330     nicm     2247: also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
1.902     nicm     2248: .Fl T
                   2249: ignores trailing positions that do not contain a character.
1.680     nicm     2250: .Fl N
                   2251: preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
1.328     nicm     2252: .Fl J
1.902     nicm     2253: preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines;
                   2254: .Fl J
                   2255: implies
                   2256: .Fl T .
1.346     nicm     2257: .Fl P
                   2258: captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
                   2259: as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
1.213     nicm     2260: .Pp
                   2261: .Fl S
                   2262: and
                   2263: .Fl E
                   2264: specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
                   2265: visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
1.397     nicm     2266: .Ql -
                   2267: to
                   2268: .Fl S
                   2269: is the start of the history and to
                   2270: .Fl E
                   2271: the end of the visible pane.
1.213     nicm     2272: The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
1.76      nicm     2273: .It Xo
                   2274: .Ic choose-client
1.682     nicm     2275: .Op Fl NrZ
1.572     nicm     2276: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2277: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2278: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2279: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2280: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2281: .Op Ar template
                   2282: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2283: Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
                   2284: a list.
1.833     nicm     2285: Each client is shown on one line.
                   2286: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2287: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2288: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     2289: .Fl Z
                   2290: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2291: The following keys may be used in client mode:
                   2292: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2293: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2294: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
                   2295: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
                   2296: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
1.559     nicm     2297: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2298: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2299: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
                   2300: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
                   2301: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
                   2302: .It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
                   2303: .It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
                   2304: .It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
                   2305: .It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
                   2306: .It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
                   2307: .It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
1.562     nicm     2308: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     2309: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2310: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2311: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2312: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2313: .El
                   2314: .Pp
1.76      nicm     2315: After a client is chosen,
                   2316: .Ql %%
1.555     nicm     2317: is replaced by the client name in
1.76      nicm     2318: .Ar template
                   2319: and the result executed as a command.
                   2320: If
                   2321: .Ar template
1.934     nicm     2322: is not given, "detach-client -t \[aq]%%\[aq]" is used.
1.555     nicm     2323: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2324: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2325: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2326: .Ql name ,
                   2327: .Ql size ,
1.895     nicm     2328: .Ql creation
                   2329: (time),
1.561     nicm     2330: or
1.895     nicm     2331: .Ql activity
                   2332: (time).
1.682     nicm     2333: .Fl r
                   2334: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2335: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2336: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2337: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2338: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2339: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2340: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   2341: .Fl K
                   2342: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2343: .Fl N
                   2344: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     2345: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.76      nicm     2346: .It Xo
1.555     nicm     2347: .Ic choose-tree
1.682     nicm     2348: .Op Fl GNrswZ
1.572     nicm     2349: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2350: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2351: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2352: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2353: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2354: .Op Ar template
                   2355: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2356: Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
1.833     nicm     2357: interactively from a tree.
                   2358: Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
                   2359: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2360: or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2361: the keys below.
1.298     nicm     2362: .Fl s
1.555     nicm     2363: starts with sessions collapsed and
1.298     nicm     2364: .Fl w
1.555     nicm     2365: with windows collapsed.
1.593     nicm     2366: .Fl Z
                   2367: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2368: The following keys may be used in tree mode:
                   2369: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2370: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2371: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   2372: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2373: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
1.763     nicm     2374: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2375: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2376: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2377: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
1.594     nicm     2378: .It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
                   2379: .It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
1.566     nicm     2380: .It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
                   2381: .It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
1.559     nicm     2382: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
1.749     nicm     2383: .It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
                   2384: .It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
1.559     nicm     2385: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2386: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2387: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2388: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
1.557     nicm     2389: .It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
1.555     nicm     2390: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.749     nicm     2391: .It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
1.682     nicm     2392: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2393: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2394: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2395: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2396: .El
1.320     nicm     2397: .Pp
1.844     nicm     2398: After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
1.76      nicm     2399: .Ql %%
1.844     nicm     2400: and all instances of
                   2401: .Ql %1
                   2402: are replaced by the target in
1.76      nicm     2403: .Ar template
                   2404: and the result executed as a command.
                   2405: If
                   2406: .Ar template
1.934     nicm     2407: is not given, "switch-client -t \[aq]%%\[aq]" is used.
1.555     nicm     2408: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2409: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2410: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2411: .Ql index ,
                   2412: .Ql name ,
                   2413: or
1.895     nicm     2414: .Ql time
                   2415: (activity).
1.682     nicm     2416: .Fl r
                   2417: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2418: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2419: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2420: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2421: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2422: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2423: specifies the format for each item in the tree and
                   2424: .Fl K
                   2425: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2426: .Fl N
                   2427: starts without the preview.
1.586     nicm     2428: .Fl G
                   2429: includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
                   2430: first.
1.766     nicm     2431: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
                   2432: .It Xo
                   2433: .Ic customize-mode
                   2434: .Op Fl NZ
                   2435: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   2436: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   2437: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2438: .Op Ar template
                   2439: .Xc
                   2440: Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
                   2441: and modified from a list.
                   2442: Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
                   2443: .Fl Z
                   2444: zooms the pane.
                   2445: The following keys may be used in customize mode:
                   2446: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2447: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2448: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
                   2449: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2450: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   2451: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2452: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2453: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2454: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
                   2455: .It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
                   2456: .It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
                   2457: .It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
1.785     nicm     2458: .It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
                   2459: .It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
1.766     nicm     2460: .It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
                   2461: .It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
                   2462: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2463: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
                   2464: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2465: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2466: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
                   2467: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
                   2468: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
                   2469: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2470: .El
                   2471: .Pp
                   2472: .Fl f
                   2473: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2474: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2475: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
                   2476: .Fl F
                   2477: specifies the format for each item in the tree.
                   2478: .Fl N
                   2479: starts without the option information.
1.314     nicm     2480: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.491     nicm     2481: .It Xo
1.858     kn       2482: .Tg displayp
1.491     nicm     2483: .Ic display-panes
1.804     nicm     2484: .Op Fl bN
1.573     nicm     2485: .Op Fl d Ar duration
1.491     nicm     2486: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   2487: .Op Ar template
                   2488: .Xc
1.870     kn       2489: .D1 Pq alias: Ic displayp
1.78      nicm     2490: Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
                   2491: .Ar target-client .
                   2492: See the
1.573     nicm     2493: .Ic display-panes-colour
1.78      nicm     2494: and
1.145     nicm     2495: .Ic display-panes-active-colour
1.78      nicm     2496: session options.
1.804     nicm     2497: The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
1.805     nicm     2498: .Fl N
                   2499: is given) or
1.573     nicm     2500: .Ar duration
                   2501: milliseconds have passed.
                   2502: If
                   2503: .Fl d
                   2504: is not given,
                   2505: .Ic display-panes-time
                   2506: is used.
                   2507: A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
1.491     nicm     2508: While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
1.84      nicm     2509: .Ql 0
                   2510: to
                   2511: .Ql 9
1.491     nicm     2512: keys, which will cause
                   2513: .Ar template
                   2514: to be executed as a command with
                   2515: .Ql %%
                   2516: substituted by the pane ID.
                   2517: The default
                   2518: .Ar template
1.934     nicm     2519: is "select-pane -t \[aq]%%\[aq]".
1.616     nicm     2520: With
                   2521: .Fl b ,
                   2522: other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
1.858     kn       2523: .Tg findw
1.57      jmc      2524: .It Xo Ic find-window
1.775     nicm     2525: .Op Fl iCNrTZ
1.555     nicm     2526: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2527: .Ar match-string
                   2528: .Xc
1.870     kn       2529: .D1 Pq alias: Ic findw
1.670     nicm     2530: Search for a
1.57      jmc      2531: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.670     nicm     2532: pattern or, with
                   2533: .Fl r ,
                   2534: regular expression
1.57      jmc      2535: .Ar match-string
                   2536: in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
1.285     nicm     2537: The flags control matching behavior:
                   2538: .Fl C
                   2539: matches only visible window contents,
                   2540: .Fl N
                   2541: matches only the window name and
                   2542: .Fl T
                   2543: matches only the window title.
1.775     nicm     2544: .Fl i
                   2545: makes the search ignore case.
1.285     nicm     2546: The default is
                   2547: .Fl CNT .
1.608     nicm     2548: .Fl Z
                   2549: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2550: .Pp
1.314     nicm     2551: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       2552: .Tg joinp
1.137     nicm     2553: .It Xo Ic join-pane
1.697     nicm     2554: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2555: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.137     nicm     2556: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2557: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2558: .Xc
1.870     kn       2559: .D1 Pq alias: Ic joinp
1.137     nicm     2560: Like
                   2561: .Ic split-window ,
                   2562: but instead of splitting
                   2563: .Ar dst-pane
                   2564: and creating a new pane, split it and move
                   2565: .Ar src-pane
                   2566: into the space.
                   2567: This can be used to reverse
                   2568: .Ic break-pane .
1.277     nicm     2569: The
                   2570: .Fl b
                   2571: option causes
                   2572: .Ar src-pane
                   2573: to be joined to left of or above
                   2574: .Ar dst-pane .
1.432     nicm     2575: .Pp
                   2576: If
                   2577: .Fl s
                   2578: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2579: .Ic select-pane
                   2580: .Fl m ) ,
                   2581: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2582: .Tg killp
1.112     nicm     2583: .It Xo Ic kill-pane
                   2584: .Op Fl a
                   2585: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2586: .Xc
1.870     kn       2587: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killp
1.57      jmc      2588: Destroy the given pane.
                   2589: If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
1.112     nicm     2590: The
                   2591: .Fl a
                   2592: option kills all but the pane given with
                   2593: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2594: .Tg killw
1.289     nicm     2595: .It Xo Ic kill-window
                   2596: .Op Fl a
                   2597: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2598: .Xc
1.870     kn       2599: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killw
1.57      jmc      2600: Kill the current window or the window at
                   2601: .Ar target-window ,
1.1       nicm     2602: removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
1.289     nicm     2603: The
                   2604: .Fl a
                   2605: option kills all but the window given with
                   2606: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2607: .Tg lastp
1.398     nicm     2608: .It Xo Ic last-pane
1.681     nicm     2609: .Op Fl deZ
1.398     nicm     2610: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2611: .Xc
1.870     kn       2612: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lastp
1.187     nicm     2613: Select the last (previously selected) pane.
1.681     nicm     2614: .Fl Z
                   2615: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.398     nicm     2616: .Fl e
                   2617: enables or
                   2618: .Fl d
                   2619: disables input to the pane.
1.858     kn       2620: .Tg last
1.56      jmc      2621: .It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       2622: .D1 Pq alias: Ic last
1.1       nicm     2623: Select the last (previously selected) window.
                   2624: If no
                   2625: .Ar target-session
                   2626: is specified, select the last window of the current session.
1.858     kn       2627: .Tg link
1.1       nicm     2628: .It Xo Ic link-window
1.784     nicm     2629: .Op Fl abdk
1.1       nicm     2630: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2631: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2632: .Xc
1.870     kn       2633: .D1 Pq alias: Ic linkw
1.1       nicm     2634: Link the window at
                   2635: .Ar src-window
                   2636: to the specified
                   2637: .Ar dst-window .
                   2638: If
                   2639: .Ar dst-window
                   2640: is specified and no such window exists, the
                   2641: .Ar src-window
                   2642: is linked there.
1.439     nicm     2643: With
1.784     nicm     2644: .Fl a
                   2645: or
                   2646: .Fl b
                   2647: the window is moved to the next index after or before
                   2648: .Ar dst-window
                   2649: (existing windows are moved if necessary).
1.1       nicm     2650: If
                   2651: .Fl k
                   2652: is given and
                   2653: .Ar dst-window
                   2654: exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
                   2655: If
                   2656: .Fl d
                   2657: is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
1.858     kn       2658: .Tg lsp
1.214     nicm     2659: .It Xo Ic list-panes
                   2660: .Op Fl as
1.245     nicm     2661: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2662: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2663: .Op Fl t Ar target
                   2664: .Xc
1.870     kn       2665: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsp
1.214     nicm     2666: If
                   2667: .Fl a
                   2668: is given,
                   2669: .Ar target
                   2670: is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
                   2671: If
                   2672: .Fl s
                   2673: is given,
                   2674: .Ar target
                   2675: is a session (or the current session).
                   2676: If neither is given,
                   2677: .Ar target
                   2678: is a window (or the current window).
1.247     nicm     2679: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2680: specifies the format of each line and
                   2681: .Fl f
                   2682: a filter.
                   2683: Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2684: See the
1.247     nicm     2685: .Sx FORMATS
                   2686: section.
1.858     kn       2687: .Tg lsw
1.214     nicm     2688: .It Xo Ic list-windows
                   2689: .Op Fl a
1.245     nicm     2690: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2691: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2692: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2693: .Xc
1.870     kn       2694: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsw
1.214     nicm     2695: If
                   2696: .Fl a
                   2697: is given, list all windows on the server.
                   2698: Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
1.1       nicm     2699: .Ar target-session .
1.245     nicm     2700: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2701: specifies the format of each line and
                   2702: .Fl f
                   2703: a filter.
                   2704: Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2705: See the
1.245     nicm     2706: .Sx FORMATS
                   2707: section.
1.858     kn       2708: .Tg movep
1.277     nicm     2709: .It Xo Ic move-pane
1.749     nicm     2710: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2711: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.277     nicm     2712: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2713: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2714: .Xc
1.870     kn       2715: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movep
1.749     nicm     2716: Does the same as
                   2717: .Ic join-pane .
1.858     kn       2718: .Tg movew
1.1       nicm     2719: .It Xo Ic move-window
1.784     nicm     2720: .Op Fl abrdk
1.1       nicm     2721: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2722: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2723: .Xc
1.870     kn       2724: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movew
1.1       nicm     2725: This is similar to
                   2726: .Ic link-window ,
                   2727: except the window at
                   2728: .Ar src-window
                   2729: is moved to
                   2730: .Ar dst-window .
1.291     nicm     2731: With
                   2732: .Fl r ,
                   2733: all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
                   2734: the
                   2735: .Ic base-index
                   2736: option.
1.858     kn       2737: .Tg neww
1.1       nicm     2738: .It Xo Ic new-window
1.817     nicm     2739: .Op Fl abdkPS
1.272     nicm     2740: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2741: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.351     nicm     2742: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.1       nicm     2743: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   2744: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2745: .Op Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2746: .Xc
1.870     kn       2747: .D1 Pq alias: Ic neww
1.1       nicm     2748: Create a new window.
1.160     nicm     2749: With
1.784     nicm     2750: .Fl a
                   2751: or
                   2752: .Fl b ,
                   2753: the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
1.160     nicm     2754: .Ar target-window ,
1.784     nicm     2755: moving windows up if necessary;
1.160     nicm     2756: otherwise
                   2757: .Ar target-window
                   2758: is the new window location.
                   2759: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2760: If
                   2761: .Fl d
                   2762: is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
                   2763: .Ar target-window
1.28      nicm     2764: represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
                   2765: shown, unless the
                   2766: .Fl k
                   2767: flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
1.817     nicm     2768: If
                   2769: .Fl S
                   2770: is given and a window named
                   2771: .Ar window-name
                   2772: already exists, it is selected (unless
                   2773: .Fl d
                   2774: is also given in which case the command does nothing).
                   2775: .Pp
1.153     nicm     2776: .Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2777: is the command to execute.
                   2778: If
1.153     nicm     2779: .Ar shell-command
                   2780: is not specified, the value of the
                   2781: .Ic default-command
                   2782: option is used.
1.272     nicm     2783: .Fl c
                   2784: specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
1.153     nicm     2785: .Pp
                   2786: When the shell command completes, the window closes.
                   2787: See the
                   2788: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2789: option to change this behaviour.
1.1       nicm     2790: .Pp
1.641     nicm     2791: .Fl e
                   2792: takes the form
                   2793: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   2794: and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
                   2795: specified multiple times.
                   2796: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2797: The
                   2798: .Ev TERM
                   2799: environment variable must be set to
1.523     nicm     2800: .Ql screen
                   2801: or
                   2802: .Ql tmux
1.1       nicm     2803: for all programs running
                   2804: .Em inside
                   2805: .Nm .
                   2806: New windows will automatically have
1.523     nicm     2807: .Ql TERM=screen
1.1       nicm     2808: added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
1.641     nicm     2809: start-up files or by the
                   2810: .Fl e
                   2811: option.
1.201     nicm     2812: .Pp
                   2813: The
                   2814: .Fl P
1.279     nicm     2815: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2816: By default, it uses the format
                   2817: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
                   2818: but a different format may be specified with
                   2819: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2820: .Tg nextl
1.56      jmc      2821: .It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.870     kn       2822: .D1 Pq alias: Ic nextl
1.1       nicm     2823: Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
1.858     kn       2824: .Tg next
1.1       nicm     2825: .It Xo Ic next-window
1.9       nicm     2826: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2827: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2828: .Xc
1.870     kn       2829: .D1 Pq alias: Ic next
1.1       nicm     2830: Move to the next window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2831: If
1.12      jmc      2832: .Fl a
1.295     nicm     2833: is used, move to the next window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2834: .Tg pipep
1.107     nicm     2835: .It Xo Ic pipe-pane
1.591     nicm     2836: .Op Fl IOo
1.107     nicm     2837: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2838: .Op Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2839: .Xc
1.870     kn       2840: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pipep
1.591     nicm     2841: Pipe output sent by the program in
1.107     nicm     2842: .Ar target-pane
1.591     nicm     2843: to a shell command or vice versa.
                   2844: A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
1.107     nicm     2845: closed before
1.153     nicm     2846: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2847: is executed.
1.174     nicm     2848: The
                   2849: .Ar shell-command
                   2850: string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   2851: .Ic status-left
1.231     nicm     2852: option.
1.107     nicm     2853: If no
1.153     nicm     2854: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2855: is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
1.591     nicm     2856: .Pp
                   2857: .Fl I
                   2858: and
                   2859: .Fl O
                   2860: specify which of the
                   2861: .Ar shell-command
                   2862: output streams are connected to the pane:
                   2863: with
                   2864: .Fl I
                   2865: stdout is connected (so anything
                   2866: .Ar shell-command
                   2867: prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
                   2868: with
                   2869: .Fl O
                   2870: stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
                   2871: .Ar shell-command ) .
                   2872: Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
                   2873: .Fl O
                   2874: is used.
1.107     nicm     2875: .Pp
                   2876: The
                   2877: .Fl o
                   2878: option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
                   2879: be toggled with a single key, for example:
                   2880: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     2881: bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o \[aq]cat >>\[ti]/output.#I-#P\[aq]
1.107     nicm     2882: .Ed
1.858     kn       2883: .Tg prevl
1.176     nicm     2884: .It Xo Ic previous-layout
                   2885: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2886: .Xc
1.870     kn       2887: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prevl
1.176     nicm     2888: Move to the previous layout in the session.
1.858     kn       2889: .Tg prev
1.1       nicm     2890: .It Xo Ic previous-window
1.9       nicm     2891: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2892: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2893: .Xc
1.870     kn       2894: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prev
1.1       nicm     2895: Move to the previous window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2896: With
                   2897: .Fl a ,
1.295     nicm     2898: move to the previous window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2899: .Tg renamew
1.1       nicm     2900: .It Xo Ic rename-window
                   2901: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2902: .Ar new-name
                   2903: .Xc
1.870     kn       2904: .D1 Pq alias: Ic renamew
1.1       nicm     2905: Rename the current window, or the window at
                   2906: .Ar target-window
                   2907: if specified, to
                   2908: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       2909: .Tg resizep
1.1       nicm     2910: .It Xo Ic resize-pane
1.727     nicm     2911: .Op Fl DLMRTUZ
1.52      nicm     2912: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.324     nicm     2913: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2914: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.1       nicm     2915: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2916: .Xc
1.870     kn       2917: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizep
1.324     nicm     2918: Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
                   2919: .Ar adjustment
                   2920: with
                   2921: .Fl U ,
1.57      jmc      2922: .Fl D ,
                   2923: .Fl L
1.324     nicm     2924: or
                   2925: .Fl R ,
                   2926: or
                   2927: to an absolute size
                   2928: with
                   2929: .Fl x
                   2930: or
                   2931: .Fl y .
1.57      jmc      2932: The
                   2933: .Ar adjustment
1.690     nicm     2934: is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
                   2935: .Fl x
                   2936: and
                   2937: .Fl y
                   2938: may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
                   2939: .Ql %
                   2940: for a percentage of the window size (for example
                   2941: .Ql -x 10% ) .
1.337     nicm     2942: With
                   2943: .Fl Z ,
1.349     nicm     2944: the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
                   2945: and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
1.419     nicm     2946: .Pp
                   2947: .Fl M
                   2948: begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2949: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.729     nicm     2950: .Pp
                   2951: .Fl T
1.727     nicm     2952: trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
                   2953: history to replace them.
1.858     kn       2954: .Tg resizew
1.629     nicm     2955: .It Xo Ic resize-window
                   2956: .Op Fl aADLRU
                   2957: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2958: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2959: .Op Fl y Ar height
                   2960: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2961: .Xc
1.870     kn       2962: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizew
1.629     nicm     2963: Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
                   2964: .Ar adjustment
                   2965: with
                   2966: .Fl U ,
                   2967: .Fl D ,
                   2968: .Fl L
                   2969: or
                   2970: .Fl R ,
                   2971: or
                   2972: to an absolute size
                   2973: with
                   2974: .Fl x
                   2975: or
                   2976: .Fl y .
                   2977: The
                   2978: .Ar adjustment
                   2979: is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
                   2980: .Fl A
                   2981: sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
                   2982: .Fl a
                   2983: the size of the smallest.
                   2984: This command will automatically set
                   2985: .Ic window-size
                   2986: to manual in the window options.
1.858     kn       2987: .Tg respawnp
1.234     nicm     2988: .It Xo Ic respawn-pane
1.641     nicm     2989: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2990: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2991: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.234     nicm     2992: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2993: .Op Ar shell-command
                   2994: .Xc
1.870     kn       2995: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnp
1.234     nicm     2996: Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
                   2997: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2998: window option).
                   2999: If
                   3000: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     3001: is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
                   3002: executed.
1.234     nicm     3003: The pane must be already inactive, unless
                   3004: .Fl k
                   3005: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     3006: .Fl c
                   3007: specifies a new working directory for the pane.
1.641     nicm     3008: The
                   3009: .Fl e
                   3010: option has the same meaning as for the
                   3011: .Ic new-window
                   3012: command.
1.858     kn       3013: .Tg respawnw
1.57      jmc      3014: .It Xo Ic respawn-window
1.641     nicm     3015: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     3016: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     3017: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.57      jmc      3018: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     3019: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      3020: .Xc
1.870     kn       3021: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnw
1.153     nicm     3022: Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
1.57      jmc      3023: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   3024: window option).
                   3025: If
1.153     nicm     3026: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     3027: is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
                   3028: executed.
1.57      jmc      3029: The window must be already inactive, unless
                   3030: .Fl k
                   3031: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     3032: .Fl c
                   3033: specifies a new working directory for the window.
1.641     nicm     3034: The
                   3035: .Fl e
                   3036: option has the same meaning as for the
                   3037: .Ic new-window
                   3038: command.
1.858     kn       3039: .Tg rotatew
1.57      jmc      3040: .It Xo Ic rotate-window
1.681     nicm     3041: .Op Fl DUZ
1.57      jmc      3042: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3043: .Xc
1.870     kn       3044: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rotatew
1.57      jmc      3045: Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
                   3046: lower) with
                   3047: .Fl U
                   3048: or downward (numerically higher).
1.681     nicm     3049: .Fl Z
                   3050: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.858     kn       3051: .Tg selectl
1.57      jmc      3052: .It Xo Ic select-layout
1.588     nicm     3053: .Op Fl Enop
                   3054: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      3055: .Op Ar layout-name
                   3056: .Xc
1.870     kn       3057: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectl
1.57      jmc      3058: Choose a specific layout for a window.
                   3059: If
                   3060: .Ar layout-name
1.181     nicm     3061: is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
1.204     nicm     3062: .Fl n
                   3063: and
                   3064: .Fl p
                   3065: are equivalent to the
                   3066: .Ic next-layout
                   3067: and
                   3068: .Ic previous-layout
                   3069: commands.
1.424     nicm     3070: .Fl o
                   3071: applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
1.588     nicm     3072: .Fl E
                   3073: spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
1.858     kn       3074: .Tg selectp
1.156     nicm     3075: .It Xo Ic select-pane
1.681     nicm     3076: .Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
1.577     nicm     3077: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.156     nicm     3078: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3079: .Xc
1.870     kn       3080: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectp
1.57      jmc      3081: Make pane
                   3082: .Ar target-pane
1.774     nicm     3083: the active pane in its window.
1.156     nicm     3084: If one of
                   3085: .Fl D ,
                   3086: .Fl L ,
                   3087: .Fl R ,
                   3088: or
                   3089: .Fl U
                   3090: is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
                   3091: target pane is used.
1.681     nicm     3092: .Fl Z
                   3093: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.204     nicm     3094: .Fl l
                   3095: is the same as using the
                   3096: .Ic last-pane
                   3097: command.
1.398     nicm     3098: .Fl e
                   3099: enables or
                   3100: .Fl d
                   3101: disables input to the pane.
1.668     nicm     3102: .Fl T
                   3103: sets the pane title.
1.418     nicm     3104: .Pp
1.432     nicm     3105: .Fl m
                   3106: and
                   3107: .Fl M
                   3108: are used to set and clear the
                   3109: .Em marked pane .
                   3110: There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
                   3111: The marked pane is the default target for
                   3112: .Fl s
                   3113: to
                   3114: .Ic join-pane ,
1.783     nicm     3115: .Ic move-pane ,
1.432     nicm     3116: .Ic swap-pane
                   3117: and
                   3118: .Ic swap-window .
1.858     kn       3119: .Tg selectw
1.204     nicm     3120: .It Xo Ic select-window
1.310     nicm     3121: .Op Fl lnpT
1.204     nicm     3122: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3123: .Xc
1.870     kn       3124: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectw
1.57      jmc      3125: Select the window at
                   3126: .Ar target-window .
1.204     nicm     3127: .Fl l ,
                   3128: .Fl n
                   3129: and
                   3130: .Fl p
                   3131: are equivalent to the
                   3132: .Ic last-window ,
                   3133: .Ic next-window
                   3134: and
                   3135: .Ic previous-window
                   3136: commands.
1.310     nicm     3137: If
                   3138: .Fl T
                   3139: is given and the selected window is already the current window,
                   3140: the command behaves like
                   3141: .Ic last-window .
1.858     kn       3142: .Tg splitw
1.57      jmc      3143: .It Xo Ic split-window
1.828     nicm     3144: .Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
1.272     nicm     3145: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     3146: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.690     nicm     3147: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.136     nicm     3148: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     3149: .Op Ar shell-command
1.279     nicm     3150: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      3151: .Xc
1.870     kn       3152: .D1 Pq alias: Ic splitw
1.136     nicm     3153: Create a new pane by splitting
                   3154: .Ar target-pane :
1.57      jmc      3155: .Fl h
                   3156: does a horizontal split and
                   3157: .Fl v
                   3158: a vertical split; if neither is specified,
                   3159: .Fl v
                   3160: is assumed.
                   3161: The
                   3162: .Fl l
1.690     nicm     3163: option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
                   3164: columns (for horizontal split);
                   3165: .Ar size
                   3166: may be followed by
                   3167: .Ql %
                   3168: to specify a percentage of the available space.
1.408     nicm     3169: The
                   3170: .Fl b
                   3171: option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
                   3172: .Ar target-pane .
1.494     nicm     3173: The
                   3174: .Fl f
                   3175: option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
                   3176: .Fl h )
                   3177: or full window width (with
                   3178: .Fl v ) ,
                   3179: instead of splitting the active pane.
1.828     nicm     3180: .Fl Z
                   3181: zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
1.643     nicm     3182: .Pp
                   3183: An empty
                   3184: .Ar shell-command
1.934     nicm     3185: (\[aq]\[aq]) will create a pane with no command running in it.
1.643     nicm     3186: Output can be sent to such a pane with the
                   3187: .Ic display-message
                   3188: command.
                   3189: The
                   3190: .Fl I
                   3191: flag (if
                   3192: .Ar shell-command
                   3193: is not specified or empty)
                   3194: will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
                   3195: For example:
                   3196: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3197: $ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
                   3198: .Ed
                   3199: .Pp
1.136     nicm     3200: All other options have the same meaning as for the
1.57      jmc      3201: .Ic new-window
                   3202: command.
1.858     kn       3203: .Tg swapp
1.57      jmc      3204: .It Xo Ic swap-pane
1.681     nicm     3205: .Op Fl dDUZ
1.57      jmc      3206: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   3207: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   3208: .Xc
1.870     kn       3209: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapp
1.57      jmc      3210: Swap two panes.
                   3211: If
                   3212: .Fl U
                   3213: is used and no source pane is specified with
                   3214: .Fl s ,
                   3215: .Ar dst-pane
                   3216: is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
                   3217: .Fl D
                   3218: swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
1.138     nicm     3219: .Fl d
                   3220: instructs
                   3221: .Nm
1.681     nicm     3222: not to change the active pane and
                   3223: .Fl Z
                   3224: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.432     nicm     3225: .Pp
                   3226: If
                   3227: .Fl s
                   3228: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3229: .Ic select-pane
                   3230: .Fl m ) ,
                   3231: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       3232: .Tg swapw
1.57      jmc      3233: .It Xo Ic swap-window
                   3234: .Op Fl d
                   3235: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   3236: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   3237: .Xc
1.870     kn       3238: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapw
1.57      jmc      3239: This is similar to
                   3240: .Ic link-window ,
                   3241: except the source and destination windows are swapped.
                   3242: It is an error if no window exists at
                   3243: .Ar src-window .
1.705     nicm     3244: If
                   3245: .Fl d
                   3246: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.432     nicm     3247: .Pp
1.705     nicm     3248: If
1.432     nicm     3249: .Fl s
                   3250: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3251: .Ic select-pane
                   3252: .Fl m ) ,
                   3253: the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
1.858     kn       3254: .Tg unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3255: .It Xo Ic unlink-window
1.1       nicm     3256: .Op Fl k
                   3257: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3258: .Xc
1.870     kn       3259: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3260: Unlink
                   3261: .Ar target-window .
                   3262: Unless
                   3263: .Fl k
                   3264: is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
                   3265: windows may not be linked to no sessions;
                   3266: if
1.1       nicm     3267: .Fl k
1.57      jmc      3268: is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
                   3269: destroyed.
                   3270: .El
                   3271: .Sh KEY BINDINGS
1.93      nicm     3272: .Nm
                   3273: allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
                   3274: When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
                   3275: .Ql A
                   3276: to
1.95      jmc      3277: .Ql Z ) .
1.93      nicm     3278: Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
                   3279: .Ql C-
                   3280: or
1.95      jmc      3281: .Ql ^ ,
1.838     nicm     3282: Shift keys with
                   3283: .Ql S-
1.95      jmc      3284: and Alt (meta) with
1.93      nicm     3285: .Ql M- .
                   3286: In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
1.126     nicm     3287: .Em Up ,
                   3288: .Em Down ,
                   3289: .Em Left ,
                   3290: .Em Right ,
1.93      nicm     3291: .Em BSpace ,
                   3292: .Em BTab ,
                   3293: .Em DC
                   3294: (Delete),
                   3295: .Em End ,
                   3296: .Em Enter ,
                   3297: .Em Escape ,
                   3298: .Em F1
                   3299: to
1.402     nicm     3300: .Em F12 ,
1.93      nicm     3301: .Em Home ,
                   3302: .Em IC
                   3303: (Insert),
1.254     nicm     3304: .Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
                   3305: .Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
1.93      nicm     3306: .Em Space ,
                   3307: and
                   3308: .Em Tab .
                   3309: Note that to bind the
                   3310: .Ql \&"
                   3311: or
1.934     nicm     3312: .Ql \[aq]
1.93      nicm     3313: keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
                   3314: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     3315: bind-key \[aq]"\[aq] split-window
                   3316: bind-key "\[aq]" new-window
1.93      nicm     3317: .Ed
1.693     nicm     3318: .Pp
                   3319: A command bound to the
                   3320: .Em Any
                   3321: key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
1.93      nicm     3322: .Pp
1.57      jmc      3323: Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
                   3324: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3325: .Tg bind
1.57      jmc      3326: .It Xo Ic bind-key
1.501     nicm     3327: .Op Fl nr
1.706     nicm     3328: .Op Fl N Ar note
1.421     nicm     3329: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.910     kn       3330: .Ar key command Op Ar argument ...
1.1       nicm     3331: .Xc
1.870     kn       3332: .D1 Pq alias: Ic bind
1.57      jmc      3333: Bind key
                   3334: .Ar key
                   3335: to
                   3336: .Ar command .
1.421     nicm     3337: Keys are bound in a key table.
                   3338: By default (without -T), the key is bound in
                   3339: the
                   3340: .Em prefix
                   3341: key table.
                   3342: This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
                   3343: by default
                   3344: .Ql c
                   3345: is bound to
                   3346: .Ic new-window
                   3347: in the
                   3348: .Em prefix
                   3349: table, so
                   3350: .Ql C-b c
                   3351: creates a new window).
                   3352: The
                   3353: .Em root
                   3354: table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
                   3355: .Ql c
                   3356: to
                   3357: .Ic new-window
                   3358: in the
                   3359: .Em root
                   3360: table (not recommended) means a plain
                   3361: .Ql c
                   3362: will create a new window.
1.57      jmc      3363: .Fl n
1.421     nicm     3364: is an alias
                   3365: for
                   3366: .Fl T Ar root .
                   3367: Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
                   3368: .Ic switch-client
                   3369: .Fl T
                   3370: command used to switch to them from a key binding.
1.1       nicm     3371: The
1.57      jmc      3372: .Fl r
                   3373: flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
                   3374: .Ic repeat-time
                   3375: option.
1.706     nicm     3376: .Fl N
                   3377: attaches a note to the key (shown with
                   3378: .Ic list-keys
                   3379: .Fl N ) .
1.57      jmc      3380: .Pp
                   3381: To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
                   3382: .Ic list-keys
                   3383: command.
1.858     kn       3384: .Tg lsk
1.421     nicm     3385: .It Xo Ic list-keys
1.712     nicm     3386: .Op Fl 1aN
1.706     nicm     3387: .Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
1.731     nicm     3388: .Op Ar key
1.421     nicm     3389: .Xc
1.870     kn       3390: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsk
1.710     nicm     3391: List key bindings.
                   3392: There are two forms: the default lists keys as
1.706     nicm     3393: .Ic bind-key
1.710     nicm     3394: commands;
                   3395: .Fl N
                   3396: lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
                   3397: key.
                   3398: .Pp
                   3399: With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
                   3400: .Fl T
                   3401: lists only keys in
                   3402: .Ar key-table .
                   3403: .Pp
                   3404: With the
1.706     nicm     3405: .Fl N
1.710     nicm     3406: form, only keys in the
1.706     nicm     3407: .Em root
                   3408: and
                   3409: .Em prefix
1.710     nicm     3410: key tables are listed by default;
                   3411: .Fl T
                   3412: also lists only keys in
                   3413: .Ar key-table .
1.706     nicm     3414: .Fl P
1.710     nicm     3415: specifies a prefix to print before each key and
1.706     nicm     3416: .Fl 1
1.710     nicm     3417: lists only the first matching key.
1.712     nicm     3418: .Fl a
1.787     nicm     3419: lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
1.858     kn       3420: .Tg send
1.57      jmc      3421: .It Xo Ic send-keys
1.909     nicm     3422: .Op Fl FHKlMRX
                   3423: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.497     nicm     3424: .Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
1.72      nicm     3425: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.910     kn       3426: .Ar key ...
1.1       nicm     3427: .Xc
1.870     kn       3428: .D1 Pq alias: Ic send
1.909     nicm     3429: Send a key or keys to a window or client.
1.57      jmc      3430: Each argument
                   3431: .Ar key
                   3432: is the name of the key (such as
                   3433: .Ql C-a
                   3434: or
1.523     nicm     3435: .Ql NPage )
                   3436: to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
1.57      jmc      3437: characters.
1.909     nicm     3438: If
                   3439: .Fl K
                   3440: is given, keys are sent to
                   3441: .Ar target-client ,
                   3442: so they are looked up in the client's key table, rather than to
                   3443: .Ar target-pane .
1.676     nicm     3444: All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
1.856     nicm     3445: If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
1.676     nicm     3446: .Pp
1.273     nicm     3447: The
                   3448: .Fl l
1.676     nicm     3449: flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
                   3450: characters.
                   3451: The
                   3452: .Fl H
                   3453: flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
                   3454: .Pp
1.265     nicm     3455: The
                   3456: .Fl R
                   3457: flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
1.419     nicm     3458: .Pp
                   3459: .Fl M
                   3460: passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      3461: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.497     nicm     3462: .Pp
                   3463: .Fl X
                   3464: is used to send a command into copy mode - see
                   3465: the
                   3466: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   3467: section.
                   3468: .Fl N
1.694     nicm     3469: specifies a repeat count and
                   3470: .Fl F
                   3471: expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
1.267     nicm     3472: .It Xo Ic send-prefix
                   3473: .Op Fl 2
                   3474: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3475: .Xc
                   3476: Send the prefix key, or with
                   3477: .Fl 2
                   3478: the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
1.858     kn       3479: .Tg unbind
1.57      jmc      3480: .It Xo Ic unbind-key
1.795     nicm     3481: .Op Fl anq
1.421     nicm     3482: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      3483: .Ar key
1.2       nicm     3484: .Xc
1.870     kn       3485: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unbind
1.57      jmc      3486: Unbind the command bound to
                   3487: .Ar key .
1.530     nicm     3488: .Fl n
                   3489: and
1.421     nicm     3490: .Fl T
                   3491: are the same as for
                   3492: .Ic bind-key .
1.189     nicm     3493: If
                   3494: .Fl a
                   3495: is present, all key bindings are removed.
1.795     nicm     3496: The
                   3497: .Fl q
                   3498: option prevents errors being returned.
1.57      jmc      3499: .El
                   3500: .Sh OPTIONS
                   3501: The appearance and behaviour of
                   3502: .Nm
                   3503: may be modified by changing the value of various options.
1.668     nicm     3504: There are four types of option:
1.133     nicm     3505: .Em server options ,
1.831     nicm     3506: .Em session options ,
                   3507: .Em window options ,
1.57      jmc      3508: and
1.668     nicm     3509: .Em pane options .
1.57      jmc      3510: .Pp
1.133     nicm     3511: The
                   3512: .Nm
1.686     nicm     3513: server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
1.668     nicm     3514: window or session or pane.
1.133     nicm     3515: These are altered with the
                   3516: .Ic set-option
                   3517: .Fl s
                   3518: command, or displayed with the
                   3519: .Ic show-options
                   3520: .Fl s
                   3521: command.
                   3522: .Pp
                   3523: In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
                   3524: there is a separate set of global session options.
1.57      jmc      3525: Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
                   3526: from the global session options.
                   3527: Session options are set or unset with the
                   3528: .Ic set-option
                   3529: command and may be listed with the
                   3530: .Ic show-options
                   3531: command.
1.133     nicm     3532: The available server and session options are listed under the
1.57      jmc      3533: .Ic set-option
                   3534: command.
                   3535: .Pp
1.668     nicm     3536: Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
                   3537: options to each pane.
                   3538: Pane options inherit from window options.
                   3539: This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
                   3540: all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
                   3541: set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
                   3542: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3543: set -w window-style bg=red
                   3544: set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
                   3545: .Ed
                   3546: .Pp
                   3547: There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
                   3548: pane options are inherited.
                   3549: Window and pane options are altered with
                   3550: .Ic set-option
                   3551: .Fl w
                   3552: and
                   3553: .Fl p
                   3554: commands and displayed with
                   3555: .Ic show-option
                   3556: .Fl w
                   3557: and
                   3558: .Fl p .
1.318     nicm     3559: .Pp
                   3560: .Nm
                   3561: also supports user options which are prefixed with a
                   3562: .Ql \&@ .
1.321     jmc      3563: User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
                   3564: .Ql \&@ ,
1.318     nicm     3565: and be set to any string.
1.418     nicm     3566: For example:
1.318     nicm     3567: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.774     nicm     3568: $ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
                   3569: $ tmux show -wv @foo
1.318     nicm     3570: abc123
                   3571: .Ed
1.57      jmc      3572: .Pp
                   3573: Commands which set options are as follows:
                   3574: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3575: .Tg set
1.1       nicm     3576: .It Xo Ic set-option
1.808     nicm     3577: .Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
1.668     nicm     3578: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.1       nicm     3579: .Ar option Ar value
                   3580: .Xc
1.870     kn       3581: .D1 Pq alias: Ic set
1.668     nicm     3582: Set a pane option with
                   3583: .Fl p ,
                   3584: a window option with
                   3585: .Fl w ,
1.133     nicm     3586: a server option with
                   3587: .Fl s ,
                   3588: otherwise a session option.
1.637     nicm     3589: If the option is not a user option,
                   3590: .Fl w
1.668     nicm     3591: or
1.637     nicm     3592: .Fl s
1.668     nicm     3593: may be unnecessary -
1.637     nicm     3594: .Nm
1.668     nicm     3595: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3596: .Fl w
                   3597: for pane options.
1.133     nicm     3598: If
                   3599: .Fl g
1.433     nicm     3600: is given, the global session or window option is set.
1.637     nicm     3601: .Pp
1.550     nicm     3602: .Fl F
                   3603: expands formats in the option value.
1.1       nicm     3604: The
                   3605: .Fl u
                   3606: flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
1.433     nicm     3607: options (or with
                   3608: .Fl g ,
                   3609: restores a global option to the default).
1.808     nicm     3610: .Fl U
                   3611: unsets an option (like
                   3612: .Fl u )
                   3613: but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
                   3614: window.
1.796     nicm     3615: .Ar value
                   3616: depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
                   3617: omitted to toggle).
1.336     nicm     3618: .Pp
                   3619: The
                   3620: .Fl o
1.446     nicm     3621: flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
1.281     nicm     3622: .Fl q
1.446     nicm     3623: flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
1.281     nicm     3624: .Pp
1.378     nicm     3625: With
                   3626: .Fl a ,
                   3627: and if the option expects a string or a style,
                   3628: .Ar value
                   3629: is appended to the existing setting.
                   3630: For example:
                   3631: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3632: set -g status-left "foo"
                   3633: set -ag status-left "bar"
                   3634: .Ed
                   3635: .Pp
                   3636: Will result in
                   3637: .Ql foobar .
                   3638: And:
                   3639: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3640: set -g status-style "bg=red"
                   3641: set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
                   3642: .Ed
                   3643: .Pp
                   3644: Will result in a red background
                   3645: .Em and
                   3646: blue foreground.
                   3647: Without
                   3648: .Fl a ,
                   3649: the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
1.858     kn       3650: .Tg show
1.668     nicm     3651: .It Xo Ic show-options
                   3652: .Op Fl AgHpqsvw
                   3653: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3654: .Op Ar option
                   3655: .Xc
1.870     kn       3656: .D1 Pq alias: Ic show
1.668     nicm     3657: Show the pane options (or a single option if
                   3658: .Ar option
                   3659: is provided) with
                   3660: .Fl p ,
                   3661: the window options with
                   3662: .Fl w ,
                   3663: the server options with
                   3664: .Fl s ,
                   3665: otherwise the session options.
                   3666: If the option is not a user option,
                   3667: .Fl w
                   3668: or
                   3669: .Fl s
                   3670: may be unnecessary -
                   3671: .Nm
                   3672: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3673: .Fl w
                   3674: for pane options.
                   3675: Global session or window options are listed if
                   3676: .Fl g
                   3677: is used.
                   3678: .Fl v
                   3679: shows only the option value, not the name.
                   3680: If
                   3681: .Fl q
                   3682: is set, no error will be returned if
                   3683: .Ar option
                   3684: is unset.
                   3685: .Fl H
                   3686: includes hooks (omitted by default).
                   3687: .Fl A
                   3688: includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
                   3689: marked with an asterisk.
                   3690: .El
1.133     nicm     3691: .Pp
                   3692: Available server options are:
                   3693: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.695     nicm     3694: .It Ic backspace Ar key
                   3695: Set the key sent by
                   3696: .Nm
                   3697: for backspace.
1.198     nicm     3698: .It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
                   3699: Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
                   3700: old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
                   3701: length.
1.526     nicm     3702: .It Xo Ic command-alias[]
                   3703: .Ar name=value
                   3704: .Xc
                   3705: This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
                   3706: If an unknown command matches
                   3707: .Ar name ,
                   3708: it is replaced with
                   3709: .Ar value .
                   3710: For example, after:
                   3711: .Pp
1.934     nicm     3712: .Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom=\[aq]resize-pane -Z\[aq]
1.526     nicm     3713: .Pp
                   3714: Using:
                   3715: .Pp
                   3716: .Dl zoom -t:.1
                   3717: .Pp
                   3718: Is equivalent to:
                   3719: .Pp
                   3720: .Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
                   3721: .Pp
                   3722: Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
                   3723: executed, so binding an alias with
                   3724: .Ic bind-key
                   3725: will bind the expanded form.
1.425     nicm     3726: .It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
                   3727: Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
                   3728: default value of the
                   3729: .Ev TERM
                   3730: environment variable.
                   3731: For
                   3732: .Nm
                   3733: to work correctly, this
                   3734: .Em must
                   3735: be set to
                   3736: .Ql screen ,
                   3737: .Ql tmux
                   3738: or a derivative of them.
1.742     nicm     3739: .It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
                   3740: Give the command to pipe to if the
                   3741: .Ic copy-pipe
                   3742: copy mode command is used without arguments.
1.239     nicm     3743: .It Ic escape-time Ar time
                   3744: Set the time in milliseconds for which
                   3745: .Nm
                   3746: waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
                   3747: key sequences.
1.759     nicm     3748: .It Ic editor Ar shell-command
                   3749: Set the command used when
                   3750: .Nm
                   3751: runs an editor.
1.592     nicm     3752: .It Xo Ic exit-empty
                   3753: .Op Ic on | off
                   3754: .Xc
                   3755: If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
                   3756: sessions.
1.239     nicm     3757: .It Xo Ic exit-unattached
                   3758: .Op Ic on | off
                   3759: .Xc
                   3760: If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
1.772     nicm     3761: .It Xo Ic extended-keys
1.836     nicm     3762: .Op Ic on | off | always
1.772     nicm     3763: .Xc
1.836     nicm     3764: When
                   3765: .Ic on
                   3766: or
                   3767: .Ic always ,
                   3768: the escape sequence to enable extended keys is sent to the terminal, if
                   3769: .Nm
                   3770: knows that it is supported.
                   3771: .Nm
                   3772: always recognises extended keys itself.
                   3773: If this option is
                   3774: .Ic on ,
                   3775: .Nm
                   3776: will only forward extended keys to applications when they request them; if
                   3777: .Ic always ,
                   3778: .Nm
                   3779: will always forward the keys.
1.362     nicm     3780: .It Xo Ic focus-events
                   3781: .Op Ic on | off
                   3782: .Xc
                   3783: When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
                   3784: passed through to applications running in
                   3785: .Nm .
                   3786: Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
                   3787: option.
1.445     nicm     3788: .It Ic history-file Ar path
                   3789: If not empty, a file to which
                   3790: .Nm
                   3791: will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
1.384     nicm     3792: .It Ic message-limit Ar number
                   3793: Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
                   3794: each client.
1.839     nicm     3795: .It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
                   3796: Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
                   3797: command prompt.
1.228     nicm     3798: .It Xo Ic set-clipboard
1.556     nicm     3799: .Op Ic on | external | off
1.228     nicm     3800: .Xc
                   3801: Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
                   3802: .Xr xterm 1
1.560     nicm     3803: escape sequence, if there is an
1.228     nicm     3804: .Em \&Ms
                   3805: entry in the
                   3806: .Xr terminfo 5
1.560     nicm     3807: description (see the
                   3808: .Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   3809: section).
                   3810: .Pp
1.556     nicm     3811: If set to
                   3812: .Ic on ,
                   3813: .Nm
                   3814: will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
                   3815: the terminal clipboard.
                   3816: If set to
                   3817: .Ic external ,
                   3818: .Nm
                   3819: will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
                   3820: by applications to set
                   3821: .Nm
                   3822: buffers.
                   3823: If
                   3824: .Ic off ,
                   3825: .Nm
                   3826: will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
                   3827: clipboard.
                   3828: .Pp
1.228     nicm     3829: Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
                   3830: .Xr xterm 1
                   3831: by setting the resource:
                   3832: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3833: disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
                   3834: .Ed
                   3835: .Pp
                   3836: Or changing this property from the
                   3837: .Xr xterm 1
                   3838: interactive menu when required.
1.744     nicm     3839: .It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
                   3840: Set terminal features for terminal types read from
                   3841: .Xr terminfo 5 .
                   3842: .Nm
                   3843: has a set of named terminal features.
                   3844: Each will apply appropriate changes to the
                   3845: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3846: entry in use.
                   3847: .Pp
                   3848: .Nm
                   3849: can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
                   3850: easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
                   3851: The
                   3852: .Ic terminal-overrides
                   3853: option allows individual
                   3854: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3855: capabilities to be set instead,
                   3856: .Ic terminal-features
                   3857: is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
                   3858: reported by
                   3859: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.836     nicm     3860: Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
                   3861: supports.
1.744     nicm     3862: .Pp
                   3863: This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
                   3864: of a terminal type pattern (matched using
                   3865: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3866: followed by a list of terminal features.
                   3867: The available features are:
                   3868: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   3869: .It 256
                   3870: Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
                   3871: .It clipboard
                   3872: Allows setting the system clipboard.
                   3873: .It ccolour
                   3874: Allows setting the cursor colour.
                   3875: .It cstyle
                   3876: Allows setting the cursor style.
1.778     nicm     3877: .It extkeys
                   3878: Supports extended keys.
                   3879: .It focus
                   3880: Supports focus reporting.
1.893     nicm     3881: .It hyperlinks
                   3882: Supports OSC 8 hyperlinks.
1.891     nicm     3883: .It ignorefkeys
                   3884: Ignore function keys from
                   3885: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3886: and use the
                   3887: .Nm
                   3888: internal set only.
1.744     nicm     3889: .It margins
                   3890: Supports DECSLRM margins.
1.842     nicm     3891: .It mouse
                   3892: Supports
                   3893: .Xr xterm 1
                   3894: mouse sequences.
1.885     nicm     3895: .It osc7
                   3896: Supports the OSC 7 working directory extension.
1.744     nicm     3897: .It overline
                   3898: Supports the overline SGR attribute.
                   3899: .It rectfill
                   3900: Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
                   3901: .It RGB
                   3902: Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
1.908     nicm     3903: .It sixel
                   3904: Supports SIXEL graphics.
1.778     nicm     3905: .It strikethrough
                   3906: Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
1.744     nicm     3907: .It sync
                   3908: Supports synchronized updates.
                   3909: .It title
                   3910: Supports
                   3911: .Xr xterm 1
                   3912: title setting.
                   3913: .It usstyle
                   3914: Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
                   3915: .El
1.528     nicm     3916: .It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
                   3917: Allow terminal descriptions read using
                   3918: .Xr terminfo 5
1.531     nicm     3919: to be overridden.
1.528     nicm     3920: Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
                   3921: (matched using
1.381     nicm     3922: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3923: and a set of
                   3924: .Em name=value
                   3925: entries.
                   3926: .Pp
                   3927: For example, to set the
                   3928: .Ql clear
                   3929: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3930: entry to
                   3931: .Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
1.528     nicm     3932: for all terminal types matching
                   3933: .Ql rxvt* :
                   3934: .Pp
                   3935: .Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
1.381     nicm     3936: .Pp
                   3937: The terminal entry value is passed through
                   3938: .Xr strunvis 3
                   3939: before interpretation.
1.678     nicm     3940: .It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
                   3941: Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
                   3942: Each item is associated with a key named
                   3943: .Ql User0 ,
                   3944: .Ql User1 ,
                   3945: and so on.
                   3946: .Pp
                   3947: For example:
                   3948: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     3949: set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012\[ti]"
1.678     nicm     3950: bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
                   3951: .Ed
1.133     nicm     3952: .El
1.129     nicm     3953: .Pp
1.18      nicm     3954: Available session options are:
1.1       nicm     3955: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.569     nicm     3956: .It Xo Ic activity-action
                   3957: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3958: .Xc
                   3959: Set action on window activity when
                   3960: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3961: is on.
                   3962: .Ic any
                   3963: means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
                   3964: (depending on
                   3965: .Ic visual-activity )
                   3966: in the current window of that session,
                   3967: .Ic none
                   3968: means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
                   3969: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3970: being off),
                   3971: .Ic current
                   3972: means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
                   3973: .Ic other
                   3974: means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
1.312     nicm     3975: .It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
                   3976: If keys are entered faster than one in
                   3977: .Ar milliseconds ,
                   3978: they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
                   3979: .Nm
                   3980: key bindings are not processed.
                   3981: The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
1.69      nicm     3982: .It Ic base-index Ar index
                   3983: Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
                   3984: window is created.
                   3985: The default is zero.
1.1       nicm     3986: .It Xo Ic bell-action
1.429     nicm     3987: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
1.1       nicm     3988: .Xc
1.574     nicm     3989: Set action on a bell in a window when
                   3990: .Ic monitor-bell
                   3991: is on.
1.569     nicm     3992: The values are the same as those for
                   3993: .Ic activity-action .
1.153     nicm     3994: .It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     3995: Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
                   3996: created) to
1.153     nicm     3997: .Ar shell-command ,
1.79      nicm     3998: which may be any
                   3999: .Xr sh 1
                   4000: command.
1.19      nicm     4001: The default is an empty string, which instructs
                   4002: .Nm
1.79      nicm     4003: to create a login shell using the value of the
                   4004: .Ic default-shell
                   4005: option.
                   4006: .It Ic default-shell Ar path
                   4007: Specify the default shell.
                   4008: This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
                   4009: .Ic default-command
                   4010: option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
                   4011: When started
                   4012: .Nm
                   4013: tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
1.19      nicm     4014: .Ev SHELL
1.79      nicm     4015: environment variable, the shell returned by
                   4016: .Xr getpwuid 3 ,
                   4017: or
                   4018: .Pa /bin/sh .
                   4019: This option should be configured when
                   4020: .Nm
                   4021: is used as a login shell.
1.629     nicm     4022: .It Ic default-size Ar XxY
1.642     nicm     4023: Set the default size of new windows when the
1.643     nicm     4024: .Ic window-size
1.642     nicm     4025: option is set to manual or when a session is created with
                   4026: .Ic new-session
                   4027: .Fl d .
                   4028: The value is the width and height separated by an
                   4029: .Ql x
                   4030: character.
                   4031: The default is 80x24.
1.206     nicm     4032: .It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
1.936     nicm     4033: .Op Ic off | on | keep-last | keep-group
1.206     nicm     4034: .Xc
1.936     nicm     4035: If
                   4036: .Ic on ,
                   4037: destroy the session after the last client has detached.
                   4038: If
                   4039: .Ic off
                   4040: (the default), leave the session orphaned.
                   4041: If
                   4042: .Ic keep-last ,
                   4043: destroy the session only if it is in a group and has other sessions in that group.
                   4044: If
                   4045: .Ic keep-group ,
                   4046: destroy the session unless it is in a group and is the only session in that group.
1.206     nicm     4047: .It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
1.930     nicm     4048: .Op Ic off | on | no-detached | previous | next
1.206     nicm     4049: .Xc
1.930     nicm     4050: If
                   4051: .Ic on
                   4052: (the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
1.184     nicm     4053: is destroyed.
1.930     nicm     4054: If
                   4055: .Ic off ,
                   4056: the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
1.184     nicm     4057: sessions.
1.815     nicm     4058: If
                   4059: .Ic no-detached ,
                   4060: the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
                   4061: sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
1.930     nicm     4062: If
                   4063: .Ic previous
                   4064: or
                   4065: .Ic next ,
                   4066: the client is switched to the previous or next session in alphabetical order.
1.145     nicm     4067: .It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
                   4068: Set the colour used by the
                   4069: .Ic display-panes
                   4070: command to show the indicator for the active pane.
1.78      nicm     4071: .It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
1.145     nicm     4072: Set the colour used by the
1.78      nicm     4073: .Ic display-panes
1.145     nicm     4074: command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
1.78      nicm     4075: .It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
                   4076: Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
                   4077: .Ic display-panes
                   4078: command appear.
1.21      nicm     4079: .It Ic display-time Ar time
1.78      nicm     4080: Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
                   4081: indicators are displayed.
1.462     tim      4082: If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
1.21      nicm     4083: .Ar time
                   4084: is in milliseconds.
1.1       nicm     4085: .It Ic history-limit Ar lines
                   4086: Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
                   4087: This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
                   4088: resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
1.474     nicm     4089: .It Ic key-table Ar key-table
                   4090: Set the default key table to
                   4091: .Ar key-table
                   4092: instead of
                   4093: .Em root .
1.1       nicm     4094: .It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
1.100     nicm     4095: Lock the session (like the
                   4096: .Ic lock-session
1.90      nicm     4097: command) after
1.1       nicm     4098: .Ar number
1.448     nicm     4099: seconds of inactivity.
1.100     nicm     4100: The default is not to lock (set to 0).
1.153     nicm     4101: .It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
1.90      nicm     4102: Command to run when locking each client.
                   4103: The default is to run
                   4104: .Xr lock 1
                   4105: with
                   4106: .Fl np .
1.925     nicm     4107: .It Ic menu-style Ar style
                   4108: Set the menu style.
                   4109: See the
                   4110: .Sx STYLES
                   4111: section on how to specify
                   4112: .Ar style .
                   4113: Attributes are ignored.
1.927     nicm     4114: .It Ic menu-selected-style Ar style
                   4115: Set the selected menu item style.
                   4116: See the
                   4117: .Sx STYLES
                   4118: section on how to specify
                   4119: .Ar style .
                   4120: Attributes are ignored.
1.925     nicm     4121: .It Ic menu-border-style Ar style
                   4122: Set the menu border style.
                   4123: See the
                   4124: .Sx STYLES
                   4125: section on how to specify
                   4126: .Ar style .
                   4127: Attributes are ignored.
                   4128: .It Ic menu-border-lines Ar type
                   4129: Set the type of characters used for drawing menu borders.
                   4130: See
                   4131: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   4132: for possible values for
1.927     nicm     4133: .Ar border-lines .
1.378     nicm     4134: .It Ic message-command-style Ar style
1.623     nicm     4135: Set status line message command style.
1.737     nicm     4136: This is used for the command prompt with
                   4137: .Xr vi 1
                   4138: keys when in command mode.
1.623     nicm     4139: For how to specify
                   4140: .Ar style ,
                   4141: see the
                   4142: .Sx STYLES
                   4143: section.
1.901     nicm     4144: .It Xo Ic message-line
                   4145: .Op Ic 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
                   4146: .Xc
                   4147: Set line on which status line messages and the command prompt are shown.
1.378     nicm     4148: .It Ic message-style Ar style
                   4149: Set status line message style.
1.737     nicm     4150: This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
1.378     nicm     4151: For how to specify
                   4152: .Ar style ,
                   4153: see the
1.623     nicm     4154: .Sx STYLES
                   4155: section.
1.419     nicm     4156: .It Xo Ic mouse
1.226     nicm     4157: .Op Ic on | off
                   4158: .Xc
                   4159: If on,
                   4160: .Nm
1.419     nicm     4161: captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
                   4162: See the
                   4163: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4164: section for details.
1.267     nicm     4165: .It Ic prefix Ar key
                   4166: Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     4167: In addition to the standard keys described under
                   4168: .Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
                   4169: .Ic prefix
                   4170: can be set to the special key
                   4171: .Ql None
                   4172: to set no prefix.
1.267     nicm     4173: .It Ic prefix2 Ar key
                   4174: Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     4175: Like
                   4176: .Ic prefix ,
                   4177: .Ic prefix2
                   4178: can be set to
                   4179: .Ql None .
1.291     nicm     4180: .It Xo Ic renumber-windows
                   4181: .Op Ic on | off
                   4182: .Xc
                   4183: If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
                   4184: windows in numerical order.
                   4185: This respects the
                   4186: .Ic base-index
                   4187: option if it has been set.
                   4188: If off, do not renumber the windows.
1.21      nicm     4189: .It Ic repeat-time Ar time
1.1       nicm     4190: Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix-key again
                   4191: in the specified
1.21      nicm     4192: .Ar time
1.1       nicm     4193: milliseconds (the default is 500).
                   4194: Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
                   4195: .Fl r
                   4196: flag to
                   4197: .Ic bind-key .
1.52      nicm     4198: Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
                   4199: .Ic resize-pane
                   4200: command.
1.1       nicm     4201: .It Xo Ic set-titles
1.56      jmc      4202: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4203: .Xc
1.261     nicm     4204: Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
                   4205: .Em tsl
                   4206: and
                   4207: .Em fsl
                   4208: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4209: entries if they exist.
                   4210: .Nm
1.444     nicm     4211: automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
                   4212: the terminal appears to be
                   4213: .Xr xterm 1 .
1.11      nicm     4214: This option is off by default.
1.86      nicm     4215: .It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
1.678     nicm     4216: String used to set the client terminal title if
1.86      nicm     4217: .Ic set-titles
                   4218: is on.
1.414     nicm     4219: Formats are expanded, see the
                   4220: .Sx FORMATS
                   4221: section.
1.569     nicm     4222: .It Xo Ic silence-action
                   4223: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   4224: .Xc
                   4225: Set action on window silence when
                   4226: .Ic monitor-silence
                   4227: is on.
                   4228: The values are the same as those for
                   4229: .Ic activity-action .
1.1       nicm     4230: .It Xo Ic status
1.625     nicm     4231: .Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.1       nicm     4232: .Xc
1.625     nicm     4233: Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
                   4234: Using
                   4235: .Ic on
                   4236: gives a status line one row in height;
                   4237: .Ic 2 ,
                   4238: .Ic 3 ,
                   4239: .Ic 4
                   4240: or
                   4241: .Ic 5
                   4242: more rows.
                   4243: .It Ic status-format[] Ar format
                   4244: Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
                   4245: The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
                   4246: options below.
1.1       nicm     4247: .It Ic status-interval Ar interval
1.538     nicm     4248: Update the status line every
1.1       nicm     4249: .Ar interval
                   4250: seconds.
                   4251: By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
                   4252: A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
1.41      nicm     4253: .It Xo Ic status-justify
1.829     nicm     4254: .Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
1.41      nicm     4255: .Xc
1.829     nicm     4256: Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
                   4257: centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
                   4258: absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
1.1       nicm     4259: .It Xo Ic status-keys
1.56      jmc      4260: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4261: .Xc
1.6       jmc      4262: Use vi or emacs-style
1.1       nicm     4263: key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
1.191     nicm     4264: The default is emacs, unless the
                   4265: .Ev VISUAL
                   4266: or
                   4267: .Ev EDITOR
                   4268: environment variables are set and contain the string
                   4269: .Ql vi .
1.1       nicm     4270: .It Ic status-left Ar string
                   4271: Display
                   4272: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4273: (by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4274: .Ar string
                   4275: will be passed through
1.623     nicm     4276: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   4277: Also see the
                   4278: .Sx FORMATS
                   4279: and
                   4280: .Sx STYLES
                   4281: sections.
1.83      nicm     4282: .Pp
1.263     nicm     4283: For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
1.261     nicm     4284: .Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
                   4285: section.
1.109     nicm     4286: .Pp
1.83      nicm     4287: Examples are:
                   4288: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4289: #(sysctl vm.loadavg)
                   4290: #[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
                   4291: .Ed
1.10      nicm     4292: .Pp
1.405     nicm     4293: The default is
                   4294: .Ql "[#S] " .
1.1       nicm     4295: .It Ic status-left-length Ar length
                   4296: Set the maximum
                   4297: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4298: of the left component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4299: The default is 10.
1.378     nicm     4300: .It Ic status-left-style Ar style
                   4301: Set the style of the left part of the status line.
                   4302: For how to specify
                   4303: .Ar style ,
                   4304: see the
1.623     nicm     4305: .Sx STYLES
                   4306: section.
1.269     nicm     4307: .It Xo Ic status-position
                   4308: .Op Ic top | bottom
                   4309: .Xc
                   4310: Set the position of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4311: .It Ic status-right Ar string
                   4312: Display
                   4313: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4314: to the right of the status line.
1.577     nicm     4315: By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
1.151     nicm     4316: are shown.
1.1       nicm     4317: As with
                   4318: .Ic status-left ,
                   4319: .Ar string
                   4320: will be passed to
1.459     jmc      4321: .Xr strftime 3
                   4322: and character pairs are replaced.
1.1       nicm     4323: .It Ic status-right-length Ar length
                   4324: Set the maximum
                   4325: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4326: of the right component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4327: The default is 40.
1.378     nicm     4328: .It Ic status-right-style Ar style
                   4329: Set the style of the right part of the status line.
                   4330: For how to specify
                   4331: .Ar style ,
                   4332: see the
1.623     nicm     4333: .Sx STYLES
                   4334: section.
1.378     nicm     4335: .It Ic status-style Ar style
                   4336: Set status line style.
                   4337: For how to specify
                   4338: .Ar style ,
                   4339: see the
1.623     nicm     4340: .Sx STYLES
                   4341: section.
1.529     nicm     4342: .It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
                   4343: Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
                   4344: when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
1.63      nicm     4345: Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
                   4346: removed from the session environment (as if
                   4347: .Fl r
                   4348: was given to the
                   4349: .Ic set-environment
                   4350: command).
1.37      nicm     4351: .It Xo Ic visual-activity
1.569     nicm     4352: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4353: .Xc
1.569     nicm     4354: If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
                   4355: window for which the
1.37      nicm     4356: .Ic monitor-activity
                   4357: window option is enabled.
1.569     nicm     4358: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4359: .It Xo Ic visual-bell
1.569     nicm     4360: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4361: .Xc
1.574     nicm     4362: If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
                   4363: .Ic monitor-bell
                   4364: window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
1.569     nicm     4365: terminal (which normally makes a sound).
                   4366: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4367: Also see the
                   4368: .Ic bell-action
                   4369: option.
1.192     nicm     4370: .It Xo Ic visual-silence
1.569     nicm     4371: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.192     nicm     4372: .Xc
                   4373: If
                   4374: .Ic monitor-silence
1.569     nicm     4375: is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
                   4376: instead of sending a bell.
                   4377: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.255     nicm     4378: .It Ic word-separators Ar string
                   4379: Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
                   4380: separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
                   4381: copy mode.
1.857     nicm     4382: .El
1.1       nicm     4383: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4384: Available window options are:
1.56      jmc      4385: .Pp
                   4386: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.1       nicm     4387: .It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
1.56      jmc      4388: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4389: .Xc
                   4390: Aggressively resize the chosen window.
                   4391: This means that
                   4392: .Nm
1.642     nicm     4393: will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
                   4394: (see the
                   4395: .Ic window-size
                   4396: option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
                   4397: which it is attached.
                   4398: The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
                   4399: session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
1.6       jmc      4400: .Dv SIGWINCH
                   4401: and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
1.262     nicm     4402: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4403: .It Xo Ic automatic-rename
1.56      jmc      4404: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4405: .Xc
                   4406: Control automatic window renaming.
                   4407: When this setting is enabled,
                   4408: .Nm
1.368     nicm     4409: will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
                   4410: .Ic automatic-rename-format .
1.1       nicm     4411: This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
                   4412: is specified at creation with
1.186     nicm     4413: .Ic new-window
                   4414: or
1.1       nicm     4415: .Ic new-session ,
                   4416: or later with
1.261     nicm     4417: .Ic rename-window ,
                   4418: or with a terminal escape sequence.
1.1       nicm     4419: It may be switched off globally with:
                   4420: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.668     nicm     4421: set-option -wg automatic-rename off
1.1       nicm     4422: .Ed
1.368     nicm     4423: .Pp
                   4424: .It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
                   4425: The format (see
                   4426: .Sx FORMATS )
                   4427: used when the
                   4428: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4429: option is enabled.
1.56      jmc      4430: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4431: .It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
                   4432: Set clock colour.
1.56      jmc      4433: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4434: .It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
1.56      jmc      4435: .Op Ic 12 | 24
1.1       nicm     4436: .Xc
                   4437: Set clock hour format.
1.883     nicm     4438: .Pp
                   4439: .It Ic fill-character Ar character
                   4440: Set the character used to fill areas of the terminal unused by a window.
1.56      jmc      4441: .Pp
1.196     nicm     4442: .It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
1.2       nicm     4443: .It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
                   4444: Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
                   4445: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4446: or
                   4447: .Ic main-vertical
                   4448: layouts.
1.747     nicm     4449: If suffixed by
                   4450: .Ql % ,
                   4451: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.757     nicm     4452: .Pp
                   4453: .It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
                   4454: Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
1.768     nicm     4455: For how to specify
                   4456: .Ar style ,
                   4457: see the
                   4458: .Sx STYLES
                   4459: section.
                   4460: .Pp
                   4461: .It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
                   4462: Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
1.757     nicm     4463: For how to specify
                   4464: .Ar style ,
                   4465: see the
                   4466: .Sx STYLES
                   4467: section.
                   4468: .Pp
                   4469: .It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
                   4470: Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
                   4471: For how to specify
                   4472: .Ar style ,
                   4473: see the
                   4474: .Sx STYLES
                   4475: section.
1.56      jmc      4476: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4477: .It Xo Ic mode-keys
1.56      jmc      4478: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4479: .Xc
1.500     nicm     4480: Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
                   4481: The default is emacs, unless
1.191     nicm     4482: .Ev VISUAL
                   4483: or
                   4484: .Ev EDITOR
                   4485: contains
                   4486: .Ql vi .
1.56      jmc      4487: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4488: .It Ic mode-style Ar style
                   4489: Set window modes style.
                   4490: For how to specify
                   4491: .Ar style ,
                   4492: see the
1.623     nicm     4493: .Sx STYLES
                   4494: section.
1.378     nicm     4495: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4496: .It Xo Ic monitor-activity
1.56      jmc      4497: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4498: .Xc
                   4499: Monitor for activity in the window.
                   4500: Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
1.56      jmc      4501: .Pp
1.574     nicm     4502: .It Xo Ic monitor-bell
                   4503: .Op Ic on | off
                   4504: .Xc
                   4505: Monitor for a bell in the window.
                   4506: Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
                   4507: .Pp
1.192     nicm     4508: .It Xo Ic monitor-silence
                   4509: .Op Ic interval
                   4510: .Xc
                   4511: Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
                   4512: .Ic interval
                   4513: seconds.
                   4514: Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
                   4515: status line.
                   4516: An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
1.195     nicm     4517: .Pp
                   4518: .It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
                   4519: Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
                   4520: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4521: layout.
                   4522: If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
                   4523: If both the
                   4524: .Ic main-pane-height
                   4525: and
                   4526: .Ic other-pane-height
                   4527: options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
                   4528: specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
1.747     nicm     4529: If suffixed by
                   4530: .Ql % ,
                   4531: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.195     nicm     4532: .Pp
                   4533: .It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
                   4534: Like
                   4535: .Ic other-pane-height ,
                   4536: but set the width of other panes in the
                   4537: .Ic main-vertical
                   4538: layout.
1.243     nicm     4539: .Pp
1.413     nicm     4540: .It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
                   4541: Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
                   4542: For how to specify
                   4543: .Ar style ,
                   4544: see the
1.623     nicm     4545: .Sx STYLES
                   4546: section.
1.413     nicm     4547: Attributes are ignored.
1.866     nicm     4548: .Pp
1.243     nicm     4549: .It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
                   4550: Like
                   4551: .Ic base-index ,
                   4552: but set the starting index for pane numbers.
1.484     nicm     4553: .Pp
                   4554: .It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
                   4555: Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
1.875     nicm     4556: .Pp
                   4557: .It Xo Ic pane-border-indicators
                   4558: .Op Ic off | colour | arrows | both
                   4559: .Xc
                   4560: Indicate active pane by colouring only half of the border in windows with
                   4561: exactly two panes, by displaying arrow markers, by drawing both or neither.
1.770     nicm     4562: .Pp
                   4563: .It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
                   4564: Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
                   4565: .Ar type
                   4566: may be one of:
                   4567: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4568: .It single
                   4569: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
                   4570: .It double
                   4571: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4572: .It heavy
                   4573: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4574: .It simple
                   4575: simple ASCII characters
                   4576: .It number
                   4577: the pane number
                   4578: .El
                   4579: .Pp
                   4580: .Ql double
                   4581: and
                   4582: .Ql heavy
                   4583: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
1.484     nicm     4584: .Pp
                   4585: .It Xo Ic pane-border-status
                   4586: .Op Ic off | top | bottom
                   4587: .Xc
                   4588: Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
1.413     nicm     4589: .Pp
                   4590: .It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
                   4591: Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
                   4592: For how to specify
                   4593: .Ar style ,
                   4594: see the
1.623     nicm     4595: .Sx STYLES
                   4596: section.
1.413     nicm     4597: Attributes are ignored.
1.192     nicm     4598: .Pp
1.862     nicm     4599: .It Ic popup-style Ar style
                   4600: Set the popup style.
1.925     nicm     4601: See the
1.862     nicm     4602: .Sx STYLES
1.925     nicm     4603: section on how to specify
                   4604: .Ar style .
1.862     nicm     4605: Attributes are ignored.
                   4606: .Pp
                   4607: .It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
                   4608: Set the popup border style.
1.925     nicm     4609: See the
1.862     nicm     4610: .Sx STYLES
1.925     nicm     4611: section on how to specify
                   4612: .Ar style .
1.862     nicm     4613: Attributes are ignored.
                   4614: .Pp
                   4615: .It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
                   4616: Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
                   4617: .Ar type
                   4618: may be one of:
                   4619: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4620: .It single
                   4621: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
                   4622: .It rounded
                   4623: variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
                   4624: .It double
                   4625: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4626: .It heavy
                   4627: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4628: .It simple
                   4629: simple ASCII characters
                   4630: .It padded
                   4631: simple ASCII space character
                   4632: .It none
                   4633: no border
                   4634: .El
                   4635: .Pp
                   4636: .Ql double
                   4637: and
                   4638: .Ql heavy
                   4639: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
                   4640: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4641: .It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
                   4642: Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
                   4643: For how to specify
                   4644: .Ar style ,
                   4645: see the
1.623     nicm     4646: .Sx STYLES
                   4647: section.
1.169     nicm     4648: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4649: .It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
                   4650: Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
                   4651: For how to specify
                   4652: .Ar style ,
                   4653: see the
1.623     nicm     4654: .Sx STYLES
                   4655: section.
1.169     nicm     4656: .Pp
1.125     nicm     4657: .It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
                   4658: Like
                   4659: .Ar window-status-format ,
                   4660: but is the format used when the window is the current window.
1.307     nicm     4661: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4662: .It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
                   4663: Set status line style for the currently active window.
                   4664: For how to specify
                   4665: .Ar style ,
                   4666: see the
1.623     nicm     4667: .Sx STYLES
                   4668: section.
1.239     nicm     4669: .Pp
                   4670: .It Ic window-status-format Ar string
                   4671: Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
                   4672: See the
1.623     nicm     4673: .Sx FORMATS
                   4674: and
                   4675: .Sx STYLES
                   4676: sections.
1.290     nicm     4677: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4678: .It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
                   4679: Set status line style for the last active window.
                   4680: For how to specify
                   4681: .Ar style ,
                   4682: see the
1.623     nicm     4683: .Sx STYLES
                   4684: section.
1.378     nicm     4685: .Pp
1.290     nicm     4686: .It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
                   4687: Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
                   4688: The default is a single space character.
1.125     nicm     4689: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4690: .It Ic window-status-style Ar style
                   4691: Set status line style for a single window.
1.418     nicm     4692: For how to specify
                   4693: .Ar style ,
                   4694: see the
1.623     nicm     4695: .Sx STYLES
                   4696: section.
1.418     nicm     4697: .Pp
1.642     nicm     4698: .It Xo Ic window-size
1.689     nicm     4699: .Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
1.642     nicm     4700: .Xc
                   4701: Configure how
                   4702: .Nm
                   4703: determines the window size.
                   4704: If set to
                   4705: .Ar largest ,
                   4706: the size of the largest attached session is used; if
                   4707: .Ar smallest ,
                   4708: the size of the smallest.
                   4709: If
                   4710: .Ar manual ,
                   4711: the size of a new window is set from the
                   4712: .Ic default-size
                   4713: option and windows are resized automatically.
1.689     nicm     4714: With
                   4715: .Ar latest ,
                   4716: .Nm
                   4717: uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
1.642     nicm     4718: See also the
                   4719: .Ic resize-window
                   4720: command and the
                   4721: .Ic aggressive-resize
                   4722: option.
                   4723: .Pp
1.512     nicm     4724: .It Xo Ic wrap-search
                   4725: .Op Ic on | off
                   4726: .Xc
                   4727: If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
                   4728: The default is on.
1.57      jmc      4729: .El
1.668     nicm     4730: .Pp
                   4731: Available pane options are:
                   4732: .Pp
                   4733: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.877     nicm     4734: .It Xo Ic allow-passthrough
1.897     nicm     4735: .Op Ic on | off | all
1.877     nicm     4736: .Xc
                   4737: Allow programs in the pane to bypass
                   4738: .Nm
                   4739: using a terminal escape sequence (\eePtmux;...\ee\e\e).
1.897     nicm     4740: If set to
                   4741: .Ic on ,
                   4742: passthrough sequences will be allowed only if the pane is visible.
                   4743: If set to
                   4744: .Ic all ,
                   4745: they will be allowed even if the pane is invisible.
1.877     nicm     4746: .Pp
1.669     nicm     4747: .It Xo Ic allow-rename
                   4748: .Op Ic on | off
                   4749: .Xc
                   4750: Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
                   4751: sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
1.941     nicm     4752: .Pp
                   4753: .It Xo Ic allow-set-title
                   4754: .Op Ic on | off
                   4755: .Xc
                   4756: Allow programs in the pane to change the title using the terminal escape
                   4757: sequences (\ee]2;...\ee\e\e or \ee]0;...\ee\e\e).
1.669     nicm     4758: .Pp
                   4759: .It Xo Ic alternate-screen
                   4760: .Op Ic on | off
                   4761: .Xc
                   4762: This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
                   4763: terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
                   4764: .Em smcup
                   4765: and
                   4766: .Em rmcup
                   4767: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4768: capabilities.
                   4769: The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
                   4770: interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
                   4771: visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
1.868     nicm     4772: .Pp
                   4773: .It Ic cursor-colour Ar colour
                   4774: Set the colour of the cursor.
1.850     nicm     4775: .Pp
                   4776: .It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
                   4777: The default colour palette.
                   4778: Each entry in the array defines the colour
                   4779: .Nm
                   4780: uses when the colour with that index is requested.
                   4781: The index may be from zero to 255.
1.869     nicm     4782: .Pp
                   4783: .It Ic cursor-style Ar style
1.871     nicm     4784: Set the style of the cursor.
                   4785: Available styles are:
1.869     nicm     4786: .Ic default ,
                   4787: .Ic blinking-block ,
                   4788: .Ic block ,
                   4789: .Ic blinking-underline ,
                   4790: .Ic underline ,
                   4791: .Ic blinking-bar ,
                   4792: .Ic bar .
1.669     nicm     4793: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4794: .It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
1.810     nicm     4795: .Op Ic on | off | failed
1.57      jmc      4796: .Xc
1.668     nicm     4797: A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
                   4798: exits.
1.810     nicm     4799: If set to
                   4800: .Ic failed ,
                   4801: then only when the program exit status is not zero.
1.668     nicm     4802: The pane may be reactivated with the
                   4803: .Ic respawn-pane
                   4804: command.
1.808     nicm     4805: .Pp
1.882     nicm     4806: .It Ic remain-on-exit-format Ar string
                   4807: Set the text shown at the bottom of exited panes when
                   4808: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4809: is enabled.
1.884     nicm     4810: .Pp
                   4811: .It Xo Ic scroll-on-clear
                   4812: .Op Ic on | off
                   4813: .Xc
                   4814: When the entire screen is cleared and this option is on, scroll the contents of
                   4815: the screen into history before clearing it.
1.882     nicm     4816: .Pp
1.808     nicm     4817: .It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
                   4818: .Op Ic on | off
                   4819: .Xc
                   4820: Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
                   4821: on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
1.668     nicm     4822: .Pp
                   4823: .It Ic window-active-style Ar style
                   4824: Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
                   4825: For how to specify
                   4826: .Ar style ,
                   4827: see the
                   4828: .Sx STYLES
                   4829: section.
                   4830: .Pp
                   4831: .It Ic window-style Ar style
                   4832: Set the pane style.
                   4833: For how to specify
                   4834: .Ar style ,
                   4835: see the
                   4836: .Sx STYLES
                   4837: section.
1.843     jmc      4838: .El
1.469     nicm     4839: .Sh HOOKS
                   4840: .Nm
                   4841: allows commands to run on various triggers, called
                   4842: .Em hooks .
1.505     nicm     4843: Most
1.483     nicm     4844: .Nm
1.505     nicm     4845: commands have an
1.483     nicm     4846: .Em after
                   4847: hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
                   4848: .Pp
1.640     nicm     4849: Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
                   4850: order when the hook is triggered.
1.916     nicm     4851: Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or
                   4852: pane.
1.640     nicm     4853: Hooks may be configured with the
                   4854: .Ic set-hook
                   4855: or
                   4856: .Ic set-option
                   4857: commands and displayed with
                   4858: .Ic show-hooks
                   4859: or
                   4860: .Ic show-options
                   4861: .Fl H .
                   4862: The following two commands are equivalent:
                   4863: .Bd -literal -offset indent.
1.934     nicm     4864: set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] \[aq]set -g status-left-style bg=red\[aq]
                   4865: set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] \[aq]set -g status-left-style bg=red\[aq]
1.640     nicm     4866: .Ed
                   4867: .Pp
                   4868: Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
                   4869: first member of the array.
                   4870: .Pp
1.505     nicm     4871: A command's after
                   4872: hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
1.483     nicm     4873: itself.
1.505     nicm     4874: They are named with an
1.483     nicm     4875: .Ql after-
                   4876: prefix.
                   4877: For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
                   4878: layout after every
                   4879: .Ic split-window :
                   4880: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.640     nicm     4881: set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
1.483     nicm     4882: .Ed
                   4883: .Pp
1.943     nicm     4884: If a command fails, the
                   4885: .Ql command-error
                   4886: hook will be fired.
                   4887: For example, this could be used to write to a log file:
                   4888: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4889: set-hook -g command-error "run-shell \\"echo 'a tmux command failed' >>/tmp/log\\""
                   4890: .Ed
                   4891: .Pp
1.584     nicm     4892: All the notifications listed in the
                   4893: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                   4894: section are hooks (without any arguments), except
                   4895: .Ic %exit .
                   4896: The following additional hooks are available:
1.560     nicm     4897: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
1.476     nicm     4898: .It alert-activity
                   4899: Run when a window has activity.
                   4900: See
                   4901: .Ic monitor-activity .
                   4902: .It alert-bell
                   4903: Run when a window has received a bell.
1.574     nicm     4904: See
                   4905: .Ic monitor-bell .
1.476     nicm     4906: .It alert-silence
                   4907: Run when a window has been silent.
                   4908: See
                   4909: .Ic monitor-silence .
1.845     nicm     4910: .It client-active
                   4911: Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
1.469     nicm     4912: .It client-attached
                   4913: Run when a client is attached.
                   4914: .It client-detached
                   4915: Run when a client is detached
1.846     nicm     4916: .It client-focus-in
                   4917: Run when focus enters a client
                   4918: .It client-focus-out
                   4919: Run when focus exits a client
1.469     nicm     4920: .It client-resized
                   4921: Run when a client is resized.
1.511     nicm     4922: .It client-session-changed
                   4923: Run when a client's attached session is changed.
1.943     nicm     4924: .It command-error
                   4925: Run when a command fails.
1.475     nicm     4926: .It pane-died
                   4927: Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
                   4928: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4929: is on so the pane has not closed.
                   4930: .It pane-exited
                   4931: Run when the program running in a pane exits.
1.603     nicm     4932: .It pane-focus-in
                   4933: Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
                   4934: .Ic focus-events
                   4935: option is on.
                   4936: .It pane-focus-out
                   4937: Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
                   4938: .Ic focus-events
                   4939: option is on.
1.560     nicm     4940: .It pane-set-clipboard
                   4941: Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
                   4942: .Xr xterm 1
                   4943: escape sequence.
1.510     nicm     4944: .It session-created
                   4945: Run when a new session created.
                   4946: .It session-closed
                   4947: Run when a session closed.
1.507     nicm     4948: .It session-renamed
                   4949: Run when a session is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4950: .It window-linked
                   4951: Run when a window is linked into a session.
1.507     nicm     4952: .It window-renamed
                   4953: Run when a window is renamed.
1.878     nicm     4954: .It window-resized
                   4955: Run when a window is resized.
                   4956: This may be after the
                   4957: .Ar client-resized
                   4958: hook is run.
1.511     nicm     4959: .It window-unlinked
                   4960: Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
1.469     nicm     4961: .El
                   4962: .Pp
                   4963: Hooks are managed with these commands:
                   4964: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4965: .It Xo Ic set-hook
1.740     nicm     4966: .Op Fl agpRuw
                   4967: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4968: .Ar hook-name
                   4969: .Ar command
                   4970: .Xc
1.604     nicm     4971: Without
1.605     jmc      4972: .Fl R ,
1.604     nicm     4973: sets (or with
1.496     nicm     4974: .Fl u
                   4975: unsets) hook
1.469     nicm     4976: .Ar hook-name
                   4977: to
                   4978: .Ar command .
1.740     nicm     4979: The flags are the same as for
                   4980: .Ic set-option .
1.604     nicm     4981: .Pp
                   4982: With
                   4983: .Fl R ,
                   4984: run
                   4985: .Ar hook-name
                   4986: immediately.
1.469     nicm     4987: .It Xo Ic show-hooks
1.740     nicm     4988: .Op Fl gpw
                   4989: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4990: .Xc
1.740     nicm     4991: Shows hooks.
                   4992: The flags are the same as for
                   4993: .Ic show-options .
1.470     jmc      4994: .El
1.419     nicm     4995: .Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4996: If the
                   4997: .Ic mouse
                   4998: option is on (the default is off),
                   4999: .Nm
                   5000: allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
                   5001: The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
                   5002: .Ql MouseUp1 )
1.632     nicm     5003: and a location suffix, one of the following:
                   5004: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   5005: .It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
                   5006: .It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
                   5007: .It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
                   5008: .It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
                   5009: .It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
                   5010: .It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
                   5011: .El
                   5012: .Pp
1.419     nicm     5013: The following mouse events are available:
                   5014: .Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
1.498     nicm     5015: .It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
1.481     nicm     5016: .It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
                   5017: .It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
                   5018: .It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
1.724     nicm     5019: .It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
1.590     nicm     5020: .It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
                   5021: .It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
1.419     nicm     5022: .El
1.724     nicm     5023: .Pp
                   5024: The
                   5025: .Ql SecondClick
                   5026: events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
                   5027: third click which will fire
                   5028: .Ql TripleClick
                   5029: instead of
                   5030: .Ql DoubleClick .
1.419     nicm     5031: .Pp
                   5032: Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
                   5033: .Ql MouseDown1Status .
                   5034: .Pp
1.423     nicm     5035: The special token
                   5036: .Ql {mouse}
                   5037: or
1.419     nicm     5038: .Ql =
                   5039: may be used as
                   5040: .Ar target-window
                   5041: or
                   5042: .Ar target-pane
                   5043: in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
                   5044: It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
1.916     nicm     5045: (for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released
                   5046: for a
1.419     nicm     5047: .Ql MouseUp1Status
                   5048: binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
                   5049: .Ql WheelDownPane
                   5050: binding).
                   5051: .Pp
                   5052: The
                   5053: .Ic send-keys
                   5054: .Fl M
                   5055: flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
                   5056: .Pp
                   5057: The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
                   5058: to copy text and to change window using the status line.
                   5059: These take effect if the
                   5060: .Ic mouse
                   5061: option is turned on.
1.245     nicm     5062: .Sh FORMATS
1.294     nicm     5063: Certain commands accept the
1.245     nicm     5064: .Fl F
                   5065: flag with a
                   5066: .Ar format
                   5067: argument.
                   5068: This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
1.678     nicm     5069: Format variables are enclosed in
1.245     nicm     5070: .Ql #{
                   5071: and
                   5072: .Ql } ,
                   5073: for example
1.359     nicm     5074: .Ql #{session_name} .
1.409     nicm     5075: The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
                   5076: .Nm
                   5077: option may be used for an option's value.
                   5078: Some variables have a shorter alias such as
1.598     nicm     5079: .Ql #S ;
1.376     nicm     5080: .Ql ##
                   5081: is replaced by a single
1.598     nicm     5082: .Ql # ,
                   5083: .Ql #,
                   5084: by a
                   5085: .Ql \&,
                   5086: and
                   5087: .Ql #}
                   5088: by a
                   5089: .Ql } .
1.409     nicm     5090: .Pp
                   5091: Conditionals are available by prefixing with
1.246     jmc      5092: .Ql \&?
1.245     nicm     5093: and separating two alternatives with a comma;
                   5094: if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
1.246     jmc      5095: is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
                   5096: For example
1.245     nicm     5097: .Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
                   5098: will include the string
                   5099: .Ql attached
                   5100: if the session is attached and the string
                   5101: .Ql not attached
1.409     nicm     5102: if it is unattached, or
                   5103: .Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
                   5104: will include
                   5105: .Ql yes
                   5106: if
                   5107: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5108: is enabled, or
                   5109: .Ql no
                   5110: if not.
1.599     nicm     5111: Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
                   5112: Inside a conditional,
                   5113: .Ql \&,
                   5114: and
                   5115: .Ql }
                   5116: must be escaped as
                   5117: .Ql #,
                   5118: and
                   5119: .Ql #} ,
                   5120: unless they are part of a
                   5121: .Ql #{...}
1.600     nicm     5122: replacement.
                   5123: For example:
1.599     nicm     5124: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5125: #{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
                   5126: .Ed
1.520     nicm     5127: .Pp
1.678     nicm     5128: String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
1.520     nicm     5129: alternatives by
1.652     nicm     5130: .Ql == ,
                   5131: .Ql != ,
                   5132: .Ql < ,
                   5133: .Ql > ,
                   5134: .Ql <=
1.520     nicm     5135: or
1.652     nicm     5136: .Ql >=
1.520     nicm     5137: and a colon.
                   5138: For example
1.544     nicm     5139: .Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
1.520     nicm     5140: will be replaced by
                   5141: .Ql 1
                   5142: if running on
                   5143: .Ql myhost ,
                   5144: otherwise by
1.554     nicm     5145: .Ql 0 .
                   5146: .Ql ||
                   5147: and
                   5148: .Ql &&
                   5149: evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
                   5150: true, for example
1.595     nicm     5151: .Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
1.664     nicm     5152: .Pp
                   5153: An
                   5154: .Ql m
                   5155: specifies an
                   5156: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   5157: or regular expression comparison.
                   5158: The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
1.714     nicm     5159: An optional argument specifies flags:
1.664     nicm     5160: .Ql r
                   5161: means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
                   5162: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   5163: pattern, and
                   5164: .Ql i
                   5165: means to ignore case.
                   5166: For example:
                   5167: .Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
                   5168: or
                   5169: .Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
1.554     nicm     5170: A
                   5171: .Ql C
                   5172: performs a search for an
                   5173: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.664     nicm     5174: pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
                   5175: found, or a line number if found.
                   5176: Like
                   5177: .Ql m ,
1.665     jmc      5178: an
1.664     nicm     5179: .Ql r
                   5180: flag means search for a regular expression and
                   5181: .Ql i
                   5182: ignores case.
                   5183: For example:
                   5184: .Ql #{C/r:^Start}
1.714     nicm     5185: .Pp
1.916     nicm     5186: Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives
                   5187: with an
1.714     nicm     5188: .Ql e
                   5189: and an operator.
                   5190: An optional
                   5191: .Ql f
1.916     nicm     5192: flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise
                   5193: integers are used.
                   5194: This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for
                   5195: the result.
1.714     nicm     5196: The available operators are:
                   5197: addition
                   5198: .Ql + ,
                   5199: subtraction
                   5200: .Ql - ,
                   5201: multiplication
                   5202: .Ql * ,
                   5203: division
                   5204: .Ql / ,
1.801     nicm     5205: modulus
1.714     nicm     5206: .Ql m
                   5207: or
                   5208: .Ql %
                   5209: (note that
                   5210: .Ql %
                   5211: must be escaped as
                   5212: .Ql %%
                   5213: in formats which are also expanded by
1.801     nicm     5214: .Xr strftime 3 )
                   5215: and numeric comparison operators
                   5216: .Ql == ,
                   5217: .Ql != ,
                   5218: .Ql < ,
                   5219: .Ql <= ,
                   5220: .Ql >
                   5221: and
                   5222: .Ql >= .
1.714     nicm     5223: For example,
                   5224: .Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
                   5225: multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
                   5226: .Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
                   5227: returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
1.833     nicm     5228: .Ql a
                   5229: replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
                   5230: .Ql #{a:98}
                   5231: results in
                   5232: .Ql b .
1.867     nicm     5233: .Ql c
                   5234: replaces a
                   5235: .Nm
                   5236: colour by its six-digit hexadecimal RGB value.
1.453     nicm     5237: .Pp
1.367     nicm     5238: A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
                   5239: by an
                   5240: .Ql = ,
1.479     nicm     5241: a number and a colon.
                   5242: Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
                   5243: so
                   5244: .Ql #{=5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     5245: will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
1.479     nicm     5246: .Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     5247: the last five characters.
                   5248: A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
                   5249: appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
                   5250: .Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
                   5251: will append
                   5252: .Ql ...
                   5253: if the pane title is more than five characters.
1.698     nicm     5254: Similarly,
                   5255: .Ql p
                   5256: pads the string to a given width, for example
                   5257: .Ql #{p10:pane_title}
                   5258: will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
                   5259: A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
1.791     nicm     5260: .Ql n
1.803     nicm     5261: expands to the length of the variable and
                   5262: .Ql w
                   5263: to its width when displayed, for example
1.791     nicm     5264: .Ql #{n:window_name} .
1.653     nicm     5265: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5266: Prefixing a time variable with
1.683     nicm     5267: .Ql t:\&
1.453     nicm     5268: will convert it to a string, so if
                   5269: .Ql #{window_activity}
                   5270: gives
1.454     jmc      5271: .Ql 1445765102 ,
1.453     nicm     5272: .Ql #{t:window_activity}
                   5273: gives
                   5274: .Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
1.751     nicm     5275: Adding
                   5276: .Ql p (
                   5277: .Ql `t/p` )
                   5278: will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
1.765     nicm     5279: A custom format may be given using an
                   5280: .Ql f
                   5281: suffix (note that
                   5282: .Ql %
                   5283: must be escaped as
                   5284: .Ql %%
                   5285: if the format is separately being passed through
                   5286: .Xr strftime 3 ,
                   5287: for example in the
                   5288: .Ic status-left
                   5289: option):
                   5290: .Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
                   5291: see
                   5292: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   5293: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5294: The
1.683     nicm     5295: .Ql b:\&
1.453     nicm     5296: and
1.683     nicm     5297: .Ql d:\&
1.453     nicm     5298: prefixes are
                   5299: .Xr basename 3
                   5300: and
                   5301: .Xr dirname 3
                   5302: of the variable respectively.
1.683     nicm     5303: .Ql q:\&
1.610     nicm     5304: will escape
                   5305: .Xr sh 1
1.812     nicm     5306: special characters or with a
                   5307: .Ql h
1.806     nicm     5308: suffix, escape hash characters (so
                   5309: .Ql #
                   5310: becomes
1.807     nicm     5311: .Ql ## ) .
1.683     nicm     5312: .Ql E:\&
1.617     nicm     5313: will expand the format twice, for example
                   5314: .Ql #{E:status-left}
                   5315: is the result of expanding the content of the
                   5316: .Ic status-left
1.671     nicm     5317: option rather than the option itself.
1.683     nicm     5318: .Ql T:\&
1.620     nicm     5319: is like
1.683     nicm     5320: .Ql E:\&
1.620     nicm     5321: but also expands
                   5322: .Xr strftime 3
                   5323: specifiers.
1.683     nicm     5324: .Ql S:\& ,
1.916     nicm     5325: .Ql W:\& ,
                   5326: .Ql P:\&
1.618     nicm     5327: or
1.916     nicm     5328: .Ql L:\&
                   5329: will loop over each session, window, pane or client and insert the format once
1.619     nicm     5330: for each.
                   5331: For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
                   5332: the second is used for the current window or active pane.
                   5333: For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
1.618     nicm     5334: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5335: #{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
                   5336: .Ed
1.817     nicm     5337: .Pp
                   5338: .Ql N:\&
                   5339: checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
                   5340: .Ql w
                   5341: suffix) or a session (with the
                   5342: .Ql s
                   5343: suffix) name exists, for example
                   5344: .Ql `N/w:foo`
                   5345: is replaced with 1 if a window named
                   5346: .Ql foo
                   5347: exists.
1.625     nicm     5348: .Pp
1.461     nicm     5349: A prefix of the form
1.683     nicm     5350: .Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
1.461     nicm     5351: will substitute
                   5352: .Ql foo
                   5353: with
                   5354: .Ql bar
                   5355: throughout.
1.916     nicm     5356: The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument
                   5357: may be
1.664     nicm     5358: .Ql i
                   5359: to ignore case, for example
1.683     nicm     5360: .Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
1.664     nicm     5361: would change
                   5362: .Ql abABab
                   5363: into
                   5364: .Ql bxBxbx .
1.907     nicm     5365: A different delimiter character may also be used, to avoid collisions with
                   5366: literal slashes in the pattern.
                   5367: For example,
1.916     nicm     5368: .Ql s|foo/|bar/|:\&
1.907     nicm     5369: will substitute
                   5370: .Ql foo/
                   5371: with
                   5372: .Ql bar/
                   5373: throughout.
1.431     nicm     5374: .Pp
1.671     nicm     5375: In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
1.431     nicm     5376: .Ql #() .
                   5377: For example,
                   5378: .Ql #(uptime)
                   5379: will insert the system's uptime.
                   5380: When constructing formats,
                   5381: .Nm
                   5382: does not wait for
                   5383: .Ql #()
1.916     nicm     5384: commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command
                   5385: is used, or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
                   5386: If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but
                   5387: the status line will not be updated more than once a second.
1.874     nicm     5388: Commands are executed using
                   5389: .Pa /bin/sh
                   5390: and with the
1.431     nicm     5391: .Nm
                   5392: global environment set (see the
1.644     schwarze 5393: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.431     nicm     5394: section).
1.671     nicm     5395: .Pp
                   5396: An
                   5397: .Ql l
                   5398: specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
                   5399: For example
                   5400: .Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
                   5401: will be replaced by
                   5402: .Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
1.245     nicm     5403: .Pp
                   5404: The following variables are available, where appropriate:
1.359     nicm     5405: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
                   5406: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
1.824     nicm     5407: .It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
1.678     nicm     5408: .It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
1.359     nicm     5409: .It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
                   5410: .It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
1.572     nicm     5411: .It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
1.490     nicm     5412: .It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
1.386     nicm     5413: .It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
1.359     nicm     5414: .It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
1.572     nicm     5415: .It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
1.699     nicm     5416: .It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
                   5417: .It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
1.646     nicm     5418: .It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
1.572     nicm     5419: .It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
1.542     nicm     5420: .It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
1.762     nicm     5421: .It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
1.359     nicm     5422: .It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
1.451     nicm     5423: .It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
1.359     nicm     5424: .It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
1.540     nicm     5425: .It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
1.437     nicm     5426: .It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
1.359     nicm     5427: .It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
1.888     nicm     5428: .It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is read-only"
1.359     nicm     5429: .It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
1.822     nicm     5430: .It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
1.359     nicm     5431: .It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
1.754     nicm     5432: .It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
1.359     nicm     5433: .It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
1.880     nicm     5434: .It Li "client_uid" Ta "" Ta "UID of client process"
                   5435: .It Li "client_user" Ta "" Ta "User of client process"
1.699     nicm     5436: .It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
1.359     nicm     5437: .It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
1.541     nicm     5438: .It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
1.509     nicm     5439: .It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
1.646     nicm     5440: .It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
1.489     nicm     5441: .It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
                   5442: .It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
1.824     nicm     5443: .It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
1.692     nicm     5444: .It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
                   5445: .It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5446: .It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
                   5447: .It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
1.832     nicm     5448: .It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
1.646     nicm     5449: .It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
1.359     nicm     5450: .It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
                   5451: .It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
                   5452: .It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
                   5453: .It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
                   5454: .It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
1.581     nicm     5455: .It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
1.509     nicm     5456: .It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
1.851     nicm     5457: .It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
1.511     nicm     5458: .It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
1.510     nicm     5459: .It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5460: .It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5461: .It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
                   5462: .It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
1.359     nicm     5463: .It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
                   5464: .It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
                   5465: .It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
                   5466: .It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
                   5467: .It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
1.824     nicm     5468: .It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
1.359     nicm     5469: .It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
1.646     nicm     5470: .It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
1.359     nicm     5471: .It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
                   5472: .It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
1.894     nicm     5473: .It Li "mouse_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under mouse, if any"
1.676     nicm     5474: .It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
                   5475: .It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
1.359     nicm     5476: .It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
1.928     nicm     5477: .It Li "mouse_status_line" Ta "" Ta "Status line on which mouse event took place"
                   5478: .It Li "mouse_status_range" Ta "" Ta "Range type or argument of mouse event on status line"
1.676     nicm     5479: .It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
                   5480: .It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
1.654     nicm     5481: .It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
                   5482: .It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
1.879     nicm     5483: .It Li "next_session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID for next new session"
1.676     nicm     5484: .It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
1.359     nicm     5485: .It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
1.570     nicm     5486: .It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
                   5487: .It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
                   5488: .It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
                   5489: .It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
1.822     nicm     5490: .It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
1.396     nicm     5491: .It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
1.359     nicm     5492: .It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
1.733     nicm     5493: .It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
1.359     nicm     5494: .It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
1.882     nicm     5495: .It Li "pane_dead_signal" Ta "" Ta "Exit signal of process in dead pane"
1.411     nicm     5496: .It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
1.882     nicm     5497: .It Li "pane_dead_time" Ta "" Ta "Exit time of process in dead pane"
1.822     nicm     5498: .It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
1.696     nicm     5499: .It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
1.359     nicm     5500: .It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
                   5501: .It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
1.678     nicm     5502: .It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
1.646     nicm     5503: .It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
1.678     nicm     5504: .It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
1.792     nicm     5505: .It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
1.396     nicm     5506: .It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
1.650     nicm     5507: .It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
                   5508: .It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
1.678     nicm     5509: .It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
1.761     nicm     5510: .It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
1.359     nicm     5511: .It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
1.567     nicm     5512: .It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
1.396     nicm     5513: .It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
1.546     nicm     5514: .It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5515: .It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
1.890     nicm     5516: .It Li "pane_start_path" Ta "" Ta "Path pane started with"
1.678     nicm     5517: .It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
1.359     nicm     5518: .It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
1.696     nicm     5519: .It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
1.396     nicm     5520: .It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
1.359     nicm     5521: .It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
1.917     nicm     5522: .It Li "pane_unseen_changes" Ta "" Ta "1 if there were changes in pane while in mode"
1.359     nicm     5523: .It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
1.721     nicm     5524: .It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
1.606     nicm     5525: .It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
1.646     nicm     5526: .It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5527: .It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
                   5528: .It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
1.824     nicm     5529: .It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
1.782     nicm     5530: .It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
1.713     nicm     5531: .It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5532: .It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
                   5533: .It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
1.571     nicm     5534: .It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5535: .It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
                   5536: .It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
1.920     nicm     5537: .It Li "server_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions"
1.646     nicm     5538: .It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
1.430     nicm     5539: .It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
1.382     nicm     5540: .It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
1.702     nicm     5541: .It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
1.572     nicm     5542: .It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
1.696     nicm     5543: .It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
1.536     nicm     5544: .It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
1.702     nicm     5545: .It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
                   5546: .It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
1.646     nicm     5547: .It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
1.702     nicm     5548: .It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
1.586     nicm     5549: .It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
1.359     nicm     5550: .It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
                   5551: .It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
1.646     nicm     5552: .It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
1.382     nicm     5553: .It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
1.748     nicm     5554: .It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5555: .It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
1.725     nicm     5556: .It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
1.548     nicm     5557: .It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
1.359     nicm     5558: .It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
1.487     nicm     5559: .It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
1.465     nicm     5560: .It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
1.880     nicm     5561: .It Li "uid" Ta "" Ta "Server UID"
                   5562: .It Li "user" Ta "" Ta "Server user"
1.708     nicm     5563: .It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
1.646     nicm     5564: .It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
1.702     nicm     5565: .It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
                   5566: .It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
                   5567: .It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
                   5568: .It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
1.572     nicm     5569: .It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
1.487     nicm     5570: .It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
1.366     nicm     5571: .It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
1.642     nicm     5572: .It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
1.700     nicm     5573: .It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
                   5574: .It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
1.621     nicm     5575: .It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
1.812     nicm     5576: .It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
1.696     nicm     5577: .It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
1.359     nicm     5578: .It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
                   5579: .It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
                   5580: .It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
1.400     nicm     5581: .It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
1.460     nicm     5582: .It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
1.426     nicm     5583: .It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
1.702     nicm     5584: .It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
                   5585: .It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
1.687     nicm     5586: .It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5587: .It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
1.642     nicm     5588: .It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
                   5589: .It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
1.359     nicm     5590: .It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
1.880     nicm     5591: .It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
1.366     nicm     5592: .It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
1.548     nicm     5593: .It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
1.621     nicm     5594: .It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
1.460     nicm     5595: .It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
1.359     nicm     5596: .It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
1.400     nicm     5597: .It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
1.359     nicm     5598: .It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
1.245     nicm     5599: .El
1.623     nicm     5600: .Sh STYLES
                   5601: .Nm
                   5602: offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
                   5603: interface, for example
                   5604: .Ic status-style
                   5605: for the status line.
                   5606: In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
1.701     nicm     5607: .Ic status-left ,
1.623     nicm     5608: by enclosing them in
                   5609: .Ql #[
                   5610: and
1.639     nicm     5611: .Ql \&] .
1.623     nicm     5612: .Pp
                   5613: A style may be the single term
                   5614: .Ql default
1.688     nicm     5615: to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
                   5616: .Ic status-style
                   5617: in the status line) or a space
1.630     nicm     5618: or comma separated list of the following:
1.623     nicm     5619: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   5620: .It Ic fg=colour
                   5621: Set the foreground colour.
                   5622: The colour is one of:
                   5623: .Ic black ,
                   5624: .Ic red ,
                   5625: .Ic green ,
                   5626: .Ic yellow ,
                   5627: .Ic blue ,
                   5628: .Ic magenta ,
                   5629: .Ic cyan ,
                   5630: .Ic white ;
                   5631: if supported the bright variants
                   5632: .Ic brightred ,
                   5633: .Ic brightgreen ,
                   5634: .Ic brightyellow ;
                   5635: .Ic colour0
                   5636: to
                   5637: .Ic colour255
                   5638: from the 256-colour set;
                   5639: .Ic default
                   5640: for the default colour;
                   5641: .Ic terminal
                   5642: for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
                   5643: .Ql #ffffff .
                   5644: .It Ic bg=colour
                   5645: Set the background colour.
1.921     nicm     5646: .It Ic us=colour
                   5647: Set the underscore colour.
1.623     nicm     5648: .It Ic none
                   5649: Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
1.752     nicm     5650: .It Xo Ic acs ,
                   5651: .Ic bright
1.625     nicm     5652: (or
                   5653: .Ic bold ) ,
1.623     nicm     5654: .Ic dim ,
                   5655: .Ic underscore ,
                   5656: .Ic blink ,
                   5657: .Ic reverse ,
                   5658: .Ic hidden ,
                   5659: .Ic italics ,
1.649     nicm     5660: .Ic overline ,
1.623     nicm     5661: .Ic strikethrough ,
                   5662: .Ic double-underscore ,
                   5663: .Ic curly-underscore ,
                   5664: .Ic dotted-underscore ,
                   5665: .Ic dashed-underscore
                   5666: .Xc
                   5667: Set an attribute.
                   5668: Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
                   5669: .Ql no
                   5670: to unset.
1.752     nicm     5671: .Ic acs
                   5672: is the terminal alternate character set.
1.625     nicm     5673: .It Xo Ic align=left
                   5674: (or
                   5675: .Ic noalign ) ,
                   5676: .Ic align=centre ,
                   5677: .Ic align=right
                   5678: .Xc
                   5679: Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
1.675     nicm     5680: .It Ic fill=colour
1.674     nicm     5681: Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
1.625     nicm     5682: .It Xo Ic list=on ,
                   5683: .Ic list=focus ,
                   5684: .Ic list=left-marker ,
1.661     nicm     5685: .Ic list=right-marker ,
1.625     nicm     5686: .Ic nolist
                   5687: .Xc
                   5688: Mark the position of the various window list components in the
                   5689: .Ic status-format
                   5690: option:
                   5691: .Ic list=on
                   5692: marks the start of the list;
                   5693: .Ic list=focus
1.916     nicm     5694: is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't
                   5695: fit in the available space (typically the current window);
1.625     nicm     5696: .Ic list=left-marker
                   5697: and
                   5698: .Ic list=right-marker
                   5699: mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
                   5700: right of the list if there is not enough space.
1.688     nicm     5701: .It Xo Ic push-default ,
                   5702: .Ic pop-default
                   5703: .Xc
                   5704: Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
                   5705: default.
                   5706: A
                   5707: .Ic push-default
                   5708: affects any subsequent use of the
                   5709: .Ic default
                   5710: term until a
                   5711: .Ic pop-default .
                   5712: Only one default may be pushed (each
                   5713: .Ic push-default
                   5714: replaces the previous saved default).
1.625     nicm     5715: .It Xo Ic range=left ,
                   5716: .Ic range=right ,
1.928     nicm     5717: .Ic range=session|X ,
1.625     nicm     5718: .Ic range=window|X ,
1.928     nicm     5719: .Ic range=pane|X ,
                   5720: .Ic range=user|X ,
1.625     nicm     5721: .Ic norange
                   5722: .Xc
1.928     nicm     5723: Mark a range for mouse events in the
1.651     nicm     5724: .Ic status-format
1.625     nicm     5725: option.
1.928     nicm     5726: When a mouse event occurs in the
1.625     nicm     5727: .Ic range=left
1.928     nicm     5728: or
1.625     nicm     5729: .Ic range=right
1.928     nicm     5730: range, the
1.625     nicm     5731: .Ql StatusLeft
                   5732: and
                   5733: .Ql StatusRight
1.928     nicm     5734: key bindings are triggered.
                   5735: .Pp
                   5736: .Ic range=session|X ,
1.625     nicm     5737: .Ic range=window|X
1.928     nicm     5738: and
                   5739: .Ic range=pane|X
                   5740: are ranges for a session, window or pane.
                   5741: These trigger the
1.625     nicm     5742: .Ql Status
1.928     nicm     5743: mouse key with the target session, window or pane given by the
                   5744: .Ql X
                   5745: argument.
                   5746: .Ql X
                   5747: is a session ID, window index in the current session or a pane ID.
                   5748: For these, the
                   5749: .Ic mouse_status_range
                   5750: format variable will be set to
                   5751: .Ql session ,
                   5752: .Ql window
                   5753: or
                   5754: .Ql pane .
                   5755: .Pp
                   5756: .Ic range=user|X
                   5757: is a user-defined range; it triggers the
                   5758: .Ql Status
                   5759: mouse key.
                   5760: The argument
                   5761: .Ql X
                   5762: will be available in the
                   5763: .Ic mouse_status_range
                   5764: format variable.
1.625     nicm     5765: .Ql X
1.928     nicm     5766: must be at most 15 bytes in length.
1.623     nicm     5767: .El
                   5768: .Pp
                   5769: Examples are:
                   5770: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.630     nicm     5771: fg=yellow bold underscore blink
1.623     nicm     5772: bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
                   5773: .Ed
1.261     nicm     5774: .Sh NAMES AND TITLES
                   5775: .Nm
                   5776: distinguishes between names and titles.
                   5777: Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
                   5778: and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
                   5779: .Nm
                   5780: identifier for a window or session.
                   5781: Only panes have titles.
1.577     nicm     5782: A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
                   5783: an escape sequence (like it would set the
1.261     nicm     5784: .Xr xterm 1
1.577     nicm     5785: window title in
1.578     nicm     5786: .Xr X 7 ) .
1.268     nicm     5787: Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
1.261     nicm     5788: active pane.
                   5789: .Nm
                   5790: itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
                   5791: the
                   5792: .Ic set-titles
                   5793: option.
                   5794: .Pp
                   5795: A session's name is set with the
                   5796: .Ic new-session
                   5797: and
                   5798: .Ic rename-session
                   5799: commands.
                   5800: A window's name is set with one of:
                   5801: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   5802: .It
                   5803: A command argument (such as
                   5804: .Fl n
                   5805: for
                   5806: .Ic new-window
                   5807: or
                   5808: .Ic new-session ) .
                   5809: .It
1.597     nicm     5810: An escape sequence (if the
                   5811: .Ic allow-rename
                   5812: option is turned on):
1.261     nicm     5813: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     5814: $ printf \[aq]\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e\[aq]
1.261     nicm     5815: .Ed
                   5816: .It
                   5817: Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
                   5818: active pane.
                   5819: See the
                   5820: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5821: option.
                   5822: .El
                   5823: .Pp
                   5824: When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
1.612     nicm     5825: A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
1.261     nicm     5826: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     5827: $ printf \[aq]\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e\[aq]
1.261     nicm     5828: .Ed
1.577     nicm     5829: .Pp
                   5830: It can also be modified with the
                   5831: .Ic select-pane
                   5832: .Fl T
                   5833: command.
1.644     schwarze 5834: .Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.63      nicm     5835: When the server is started,
                   5836: .Nm
                   5837: copies the environment into the
                   5838: .Em global environment ;
                   5839: in addition, each session has a
                   5840: .Em session environment .
1.193     nicm     5841: When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
                   5842: If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
                   5843: The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
1.63      nicm     5844: .Pp
                   5845: The
                   5846: .Ic update-environment
                   5847: session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
                   5848: when a new session is created or an old reattached.
                   5849: .Nm
                   5850: also initialises the
                   5851: .Ev TMUX
                   5852: variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
                   5853: from inside, and the
                   5854: .Ev TERM
                   5855: variable with the correct terminal setting of
                   5856: .Ql screen .
                   5857: .Pp
1.728     nicm     5858: Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
                   5859: Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
                   5860: instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
                   5861: .Sx FORMATS
                   5862: section).
                   5863: .Pp
1.63      nicm     5864: Commands to alter and view the environment are:
                   5865: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5866: .Tg setenv
1.63      nicm     5867: .It Xo Ic set-environment
1.793     nicm     5868: .Op Fl Fhgru
1.63      nicm     5869: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   5870: .Ar name Op Ar value
                   5871: .Xc
1.870     kn       5872: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setenv
1.63      nicm     5873: Set or unset an environment variable.
                   5874: If
                   5875: .Fl g
                   5876: is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
                   5877: to the session environment for
                   5878: .Ar target-session .
1.793     nicm     5879: If
                   5880: .Fl F
                   5881: is present, then
                   5882: .Ar value
                   5883: is expanded as a format.
1.63      nicm     5884: The
                   5885: .Fl u
                   5886: flag unsets a variable.
                   5887: .Fl r
                   5888: indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
                   5889: new process.
1.728     nicm     5890: .Fl h
                   5891: marks the variable as hidden.
1.858     kn       5892: .Tg showenv
1.63      nicm     5893: .It Xo Ic show-environment
1.728     nicm     5894: .Op Fl hgs
1.63      nicm     5895: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.286     nicm     5896: .Op Ar variable
1.63      nicm     5897: .Xc
1.870     kn       5898: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showenv
1.63      nicm     5899: Display the environment for
                   5900: .Ar target-session
                   5901: or the global environment with
                   5902: .Fl g .
1.286     nicm     5903: If
                   5904: .Ar variable
                   5905: is omitted, all variables are shown.
1.63      nicm     5906: Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
                   5907: .Ql - .
1.442     nicm     5908: If
                   5909: .Fl s
                   5910: is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
1.728     nicm     5911: .Fl h
                   5912: shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
1.57      jmc      5913: .El
                   5914: .Sh STATUS LINE
                   5915: .Nm
                   5916: includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
                   5917: terminal.
1.626     nicm     5918: .Pp
                   5919: By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
                   5920: disabled or made multiple lines with the
1.57      jmc      5921: .Ic status
                   5922: session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
1.261     nicm     5923: session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
                   5924: in double quotes; and the time and date.
1.57      jmc      5925: .Pp
1.626     nicm     5926: Each line of the status line is configured with the
                   5927: .Ic status-format
                   5928: option.
                   5929: The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
                   5930: may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
                   5931: see the
1.57      jmc      5932: .Ic status-left ,
                   5933: .Ic status-left-length ,
                   5934: .Ic status-right ,
                   5935: and
                   5936: .Ic status-right-length
                   5937: options below), and a central window list.
1.125     nicm     5938: By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
                   5939: windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
                   5940: It may be customised with the
                   5941: .Ar window-status-format
                   5942: and
                   5943: .Ar window-status-current-format
                   5944: options.
1.57      jmc      5945: The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
                   5946: .Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
                   5947: .It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                   5948: .It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
                   5949: .It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
1.574     nicm     5950: .It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
                   5951: .It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
1.934     nicm     5952: .It Li "\[ti]" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
1.432     nicm     5953: .It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
1.349     nicm     5954: .It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
1.57      jmc      5955: .El
                   5956: .Pp
                   5957: The # symbol relates to the
                   5958: .Ic monitor-activity
1.388     nicm     5959: window option.
1.57      jmc      5960: The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
1.388     nicm     5961: silence) is present.
1.57      jmc      5962: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5963: The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
                   5964: status line using the
1.378     nicm     5965: .Ic status-style
                   5966: session option and individual windows using the
                   5967: .Ic window-status-style
                   5968: window option.
1.57      jmc      5969: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5970: The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
                   5971: interval may be controlled with the
1.57      jmc      5972: .Ic status-interval
                   5973: session option.
                   5974: .Pp
                   5975: Commands related to the status line are as follows:
                   5976: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.887     nicm     5977: .Tg clearphist
1.839     nicm     5978: .It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
                   5979: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5980: .Xc
1.887     nicm     5981: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearphist
1.839     nicm     5982: Clear status prompt history for prompt type
                   5983: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5984: If
                   5985: .Fl T
                   5986: is omitted, then clear history for all types.
                   5987: See
                   5988: .Ic command-prompt
                   5989: for possible values for
                   5990: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5991: .It Xo Ic command-prompt
1.852     nicm     5992: .Op Fl 1bFikN
1.235     nicm     5993: .Op Fl I Ar inputs
1.73      nicm     5994: .Op Fl p Ar prompts
1.57      jmc      5995: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.839     nicm     5996: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
1.57      jmc      5997: .Op Ar template
                   5998: .Xc
                   5999: Open the command prompt in a client.
                   6000: This may be used from inside
                   6001: .Nm
                   6002: to execute commands interactively.
1.231     nicm     6003: .Pp
1.57      jmc      6004: If
                   6005: .Ar template
1.73      nicm     6006: is specified, it is used as the command.
1.840     nicm     6007: With
                   6008: .Fl F ,
                   6009: .Ar template
                   6010: is expanded as a format.
                   6011: .Pp
1.235     nicm     6012: If present,
                   6013: .Fl I
                   6014: is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
1.73      nicm     6015: If
                   6016: .Fl p
                   6017: is given,
                   6018: .Ar prompts
                   6019: is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
                   6020: a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
                   6021: .Ar template
                   6022: if it is present, or
                   6023: .Ql \&:
                   6024: if not.
1.231     nicm     6025: .Pp
1.73      nicm     6026: Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
                   6027: .Ql %%
1.74      jmc      6028: and all occurrences of
1.73      nicm     6029: .Ql %1
1.492     nicm     6030: are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
1.73      nicm     6031: .Ql %2
                   6032: are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
1.74      jmc      6033: prompts.
                   6034: Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
                   6035: .Po
                   6036: .Ql %1
1.73      nicm     6037: to
1.74      jmc      6038: .Ql %9
                   6039: .Pc .
1.513     nicm     6040: .Ql %%%
                   6041: is like
                   6042: .Ql %%
                   6043: but any quotation marks are escaped.
1.497     nicm     6044: .Pp
                   6045: .Fl 1
                   6046: makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
                   6047: is a single character.
1.706     nicm     6048: .Fl k
                   6049: is like
                   6050: .Fl 1
                   6051: but the key press is translated to a key name.
1.678     nicm     6052: .Fl N
                   6053: makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
1.517     nicm     6054: .Fl i
                   6055: executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
                   6056: user exits the command prompt.
1.839     nicm     6057: .Pp
1.758     nicm     6058: .Fl T
                   6059: tells
                   6060: .Nm
1.839     nicm     6061: the prompt type.
                   6062: This affects what completions are offered when
1.758     nicm     6063: .Em Tab
1.839     nicm     6064: is pressed.
                   6065: Available types are:
                   6066: .Ql command ,
                   6067: .Ql search ,
                   6068: .Ql target
                   6069: and
                   6070: .Ql window-target .
1.500     nicm     6071: .Pp
                   6072: The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
                   6073: on the value of the
                   6074: .Ic status-keys
                   6075: option:
                   6076: .Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
                   6077: .It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
1.715     nicm     6078: .It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
1.678     nicm     6079: .It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
1.500     nicm     6080: .It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
                   6081: .It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
                   6082: .It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
                   6083: .It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
                   6084: .It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
                   6085: .It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
                   6086: .It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
                   6087: .It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   6088: .It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   6089: .It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   6090: .It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
                   6091: .It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
                   6092: .It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
                   6093: .It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
1.854     nicm     6094: .El
1.852     nicm     6095: .Pp
                   6096: With
                   6097: .Fl b ,
                   6098: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   6099: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       6100: .Tg confirm
1.57      jmc      6101: .It Xo Ic confirm-before
1.919     nicm     6102: .Op Fl by
                   6103: .Op Fl c Ar confirm-key
1.238     nicm     6104: .Op Fl p Ar prompt
1.57      jmc      6105: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   6106: .Ar command
                   6107: .Xc
1.870     kn       6108: .D1 Pq alias: Ic confirm
1.57      jmc      6109: Ask for confirmation before executing
                   6110: .Ar command .
1.238     nicm     6111: If
                   6112: .Fl p
                   6113: is given,
                   6114: .Ar prompt
                   6115: is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
                   6116: .Ar command .
                   6117: It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   6118: .Ic status-left
                   6119: option.
1.848     nicm     6120: With
                   6121: .Fl b ,
1.852     nicm     6122: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   6123: until it is dismissed.
1.919     nicm     6124: .Fl y
                   6125: changes the default behaviour (if Enter alone is pressed) of the prompt to
                   6126: run the command.
                   6127: .Fl c
                   6128: changes the confirmation key to
                   6129: .Ar confirm-key ;
                   6130: the default is
                   6131: .Ql y .
1.858     kn       6132: .Tg menu
1.646     nicm     6133: .It Xo Ic display-menu
1.939     nicm     6134: .Op Fl OM
1.925     nicm     6135: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.646     nicm     6136: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.927     nicm     6137: .Op Fl C Ar starting-choice
                   6138: .Op Fl H Ar selected-style
1.925     nicm     6139: .Op Fl s Ar style
                   6140: .Op Fl S Ar border-style
1.646     nicm     6141: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6142: .Op Fl T Ar title
                   6143: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   6144: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.657     nicm     6145: .Ar name
                   6146: .Ar key
1.910     kn       6147: .Ar command Op Ar argument ...
1.646     nicm     6148: .Xc
1.870     kn       6149: .D1 Pq alias: Ic menu
1.646     nicm     6150: Display a menu on
                   6151: .Ar target-client .
                   6152: .Ar target-pane
                   6153: gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
                   6154: .Pp
1.657     nicm     6155: A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
                   6156: second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
                   6157: to run when the menu item is chosen.
                   6158: The name and command are formats, see the
1.646     nicm     6159: .Sx FORMATS
                   6160: and
                   6161: .Sx STYLES
                   6162: sections.
1.658     nicm     6163: If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
                   6164: may not be chosen.
1.657     nicm     6165: The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
                   6166: command should be omitted.
1.646     nicm     6167: .Pp
1.925     nicm     6168: .Fl b
                   6169: sets the type of characters used for drawing menu borders.
                   6170: See
                   6171: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   6172: for possible values for
                   6173: .Ar border-lines .
1.927     nicm     6174: .Pp
                   6175: .Fl H
                   6176: sets the style for the selected menu item (see
                   6177: .Sx STYLES ) .
1.925     nicm     6178: .Pp
                   6179: .Fl s
                   6180: sets the style for the menu and
                   6181: .Fl S
                   6182: sets the style for the menu border (see
                   6183: .Sx STYLES ) .
                   6184: .Pp
1.646     nicm     6185: .Fl T
                   6186: is a format for the menu title (see
                   6187: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.925     nicm     6188: .Pp
                   6189: .Fl C
1.912     nicm     6190: sets the menu item selected by default, if the menu is not bound to a mouse key
                   6191: binding.
1.646     nicm     6192: .Pp
                   6193: .Fl x
                   6194: and
                   6195: .Fl y
                   6196: give the position of the menu.
                   6197: Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
                   6198: .Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
                   6199: .It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
1.719     nicm     6200: .It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
1.646     nicm     6201: .It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
                   6202: .It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
                   6203: .It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
1.730     nicm     6204: .It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
1.646     nicm     6205: .It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
1.802     nicm     6206: .El
                   6207: .Pp
                   6208: Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
                   6209: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   6210: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
                   6211: .It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   6212: .It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   6213: .It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
                   6214: .It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
                   6215: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
                   6216: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
                   6217: .It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
                   6218: .It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
                   6219: .It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
                   6220: .It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
                   6221: .It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
                   6222: .It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
                   6223: .It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
                   6224: .It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
                   6225: .It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
                   6226: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
                   6227: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
1.646     nicm     6228: .El
                   6229: .Pp
                   6230: Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
                   6231: If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
                   6232: Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
1.800     nicm     6233: If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
                   6234: releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
                   6235: releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
                   6236: .Fl O
                   6237: changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
                   6238: released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
                   6239: must be clicked to choose an item.
                   6240: .Pp
1.939     nicm     6241: .Fl M
                   6242: tells
                   6243: .Nm
                   6244: the menu should handle mouse events; by default only menus opened from mouse
                   6245: key bindings do so.
                   6246: .Pp
                   6247: The following keys are available in menus:
1.646     nicm     6248: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6249: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   6250: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   6251: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   6252: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   6253: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
                   6254: .El
1.858     kn       6255: .Tg display
1.57      jmc      6256: .It Xo Ic display-message
1.905     nicm     6257: .Op Fl aIlNpv
1.215     nicm     6258: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     6259: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.215     nicm     6260: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6261: .Op Ar message
                   6262: .Xc
1.870     kn       6263: .D1 Pq alias: Ic display
1.127     nicm     6264: Display a message.
                   6265: If
                   6266: .Fl p
                   6267: is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
                   6268: .Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     6269: status line for up to
                   6270: .Ar delay
                   6271: milliseconds.
                   6272: If
                   6273: .Ar delay
                   6274: is not given, the
1.889     nicm     6275: .Ic display-time
1.790     nicm     6276: option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
1.834     nicm     6277: .Ql N
                   6278: ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
1.905     nicm     6279: If
                   6280: .Fl l
                   6281: is given,
                   6282: .Ar message
                   6283: is printed unchanged.
                   6284: Otherwise, the format of
1.124     jmc      6285: .Ar message
1.275     nicm     6286: is described in the
                   6287: .Sx FORMATS
                   6288: section; information is taken from
1.215     nicm     6289: .Ar target-pane
                   6290: if
                   6291: .Fl t
1.678     nicm     6292: is given, otherwise the active pane.
1.622     nicm     6293: .Pp
1.624     nicm     6294: .Fl v
                   6295: prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
                   6296: .Fl a
                   6297: lists the format variables and their values.
1.643     nicm     6298: .Pp
                   6299: .Fl I
                   6300: forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
                   6301: .Ar target-pane .
1.858     kn       6302: .Tg popup
1.721     nicm     6303: .It Xo Ic display-popup
1.853     nicm     6304: .Op Fl BCE
1.862     nicm     6305: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.721     nicm     6306: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   6307: .Op Fl d Ar start-directory
1.860     nicm     6308: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.721     nicm     6309: .Op Fl h Ar height
1.925     nicm     6310: .Op Fl s Ar border-style
                   6311: .Op Fl S Ar style
1.721     nicm     6312: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.864     nicm     6313: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.721     nicm     6314: .Op Fl w Ar width
                   6315: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   6316: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.827     nicm     6317: .Op Ar shell-command
1.721     nicm     6318: .Xc
1.870     kn       6319: .D1 Pq alias: Ic popup
1.827     nicm     6320: Display a popup running
                   6321: .Ar shell-command
                   6322: on
1.721     nicm     6323: .Ar target-client .
                   6324: A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
                   6325: Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
                   6326: .Pp
                   6327: .Fl E
                   6328: closes the popup automatically when
                   6329: .Ar shell-command
                   6330: exits.
1.723     nicm     6331: Two
                   6332: .Fl E
                   6333: closes the popup only if
                   6334: .Ar shell-command
                   6335: exited with success.
1.721     nicm     6336: .Pp
                   6337: .Fl x
                   6338: and
                   6339: .Fl y
                   6340: give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
                   6341: .Ic display-menu
                   6342: command.
                   6343: .Fl w
                   6344: and
                   6345: .Fl h
                   6346: give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
                   6347: .Ql % ) .
1.827     nicm     6348: If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
1.862     nicm     6349: .Pp
1.853     nicm     6350: .Fl B
                   6351: does not surround the popup by a border.
1.862     nicm     6352: .Pp
                   6353: .Fl b
1.925     nicm     6354: sets the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
1.862     nicm     6355: When
                   6356: .Fl B
1.886     naddy    6357: is specified, the
1.862     nicm     6358: .Fl b
                   6359: option is ignored.
                   6360: See
                   6361: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   6362: for possible values for
                   6363: .Ar border-lines .
1.865     nicm     6364: .Pp
                   6365: .Fl s
                   6366: sets the style for the popup and
                   6367: .Fl S
1.925     nicm     6368: sets the style for the popup border (see
                   6369: .Sx STYLES ) .
1.860     nicm     6370: .Pp
                   6371: .Fl e
                   6372: takes the form
                   6373: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   6374: and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
                   6375: times.
1.864     nicm     6376: .Pp
                   6377: .Fl T
                   6378: is a format for the popup title (see
                   6379: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.721     nicm     6380: .Pp
                   6381: The
                   6382: .Fl C
                   6383: flag closes any popup on the client.
1.858     kn       6384: .Tg showphist
1.839     nicm     6385: .It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
                   6386: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   6387: .Xc
1.870     kn       6388: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showphist
1.839     nicm     6389: Display status prompt history for prompt type
                   6390: .Ar prompt-type .
                   6391: If
                   6392: .Fl T
                   6393: is omitted, then show history for all types.
                   6394: See
                   6395: .Ic command-prompt
                   6396: for possible values for
                   6397: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      6398: .El
                   6399: .Sh BUFFERS
                   6400: .Nm
1.392     nicm     6401: maintains a set of named
1.199     nicm     6402: .Em paste buffers .
1.392     nicm     6403: Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
                   6404: Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
                   6405: .Ic set-buffer
                   6406: or
                   6407: .Ic load-buffer
                   6408: commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
                   6409: .Ic set-buffer
                   6410: .Fl n .
                   6411: Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
                   6412: .Ql buffer0001 ,
                   6413: .Ql buffer0002
                   6414: and so on.
                   6415: When the
                   6416: .Ic buffer-limit
                   6417: option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
1.493     nicm     6418: Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
1.57      jmc      6419: .Ic buffer-limit
1.709     nicm     6420: and may be deleted with the
1.392     nicm     6421: .Ic delete-buffer
                   6422: command.
                   6423: .Pp
1.57      jmc      6424: Buffers may be added using
                   6425: .Ic copy-mode
                   6426: or the
                   6427: .Ic set-buffer
1.392     nicm     6428: and
                   6429: .Ic load-buffer
                   6430: commands, and pasted into a window using the
1.57      jmc      6431: .Ic paste-buffer
                   6432: command.
1.392     nicm     6433: If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
                   6434: recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
1.57      jmc      6435: .Pp
                   6436: A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
                   6437: By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
                   6438: .Ic history-limit
                   6439: option (see the
                   6440: .Ic set-option
                   6441: command above).
                   6442: .Pp
                   6443: The buffer commands are as follows:
                   6444: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.178     nicm     6445: .It Xo
                   6446: .Ic choose-buffer
1.682     nicm     6447: .Op Fl NZr
1.572     nicm     6448: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     6449: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     6450: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     6451: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     6452: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.178     nicm     6453: .Op Ar template
                   6454: .Xc
1.555     nicm     6455: Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
                   6456: a list.
1.833     nicm     6457: Each buffer is shown on one line.
                   6458: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   6459: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   6460: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     6461: .Fl Z
                   6462: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     6463: The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
                   6464: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6465: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
1.582     nicm     6466: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
1.555     nicm     6467: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
                   6468: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
1.559     nicm     6469: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
                   6470: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     6471: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
                   6472: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
                   6473: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
1.582     nicm     6474: .It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
                   6475: .It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
1.555     nicm     6476: .It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
                   6477: .It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
1.759     nicm     6478: .It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
1.562     nicm     6479: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     6480: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   6481: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     6482: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     6483: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   6484: .El
                   6485: .Pp
                   6486: After a buffer is chosen,
1.178     nicm     6487: .Ql %%
1.392     nicm     6488: is replaced by the buffer name in
1.178     nicm     6489: .Ar template
                   6490: and the result executed as a command.
                   6491: If
                   6492: .Ar template
1.938     nicm     6493: is not given, "paste-buffer -p -b \[aq]%%\[aq]" is used.
1.555     nicm     6494: .Pp
1.561     nicm     6495: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     6496: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.895     nicm     6497: .Ql time
                   6498: (creation),
1.561     nicm     6499: .Ql name
                   6500: or
                   6501: .Ql size .
1.682     nicm     6502: .Fl r
                   6503: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     6504: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     6505: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   6506: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   6507: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     6508: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     6509: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   6510: .Fl K
                   6511: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     6512: .Fl N
                   6513: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     6514: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       6515: .Tg clearhist
1.893     nicm     6516: .It Xo Ic clear-history
                   6517: .Op Fl H
                   6518: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6519: .Xc
1.870     kn       6520: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearhist
1.57      jmc      6521: Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
1.893     nicm     6522: .Fl H
                   6523: also removes all hyperlinks.
1.858     kn       6524: .Tg deleteb
1.392     nicm     6525: .It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.870     kn       6526: .D1 Pq alias: Ic deleteb
1.392     nicm     6527: Delete the buffer named
                   6528: .Ar buffer-name ,
                   6529: or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
1.858     kn       6530: .Tg lsb
1.294     nicm     6531: .It Xo Ic list-buffers
                   6532: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     6533: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.294     nicm     6534: .Xc
1.870     kn       6535: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsb
1.198     nicm     6536: List the global buffers.
1.294     nicm     6537: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     6538: specifies the format of each line and
                   6539: .Fl f
                   6540: a filter.
                   6541: Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
                   6542: See the
1.294     nicm     6543: .Sx FORMATS
                   6544: section.
1.200     jmc      6545: .It Xo Ic load-buffer
1.794     nicm     6546: .Op Fl w
1.392     nicm     6547: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6548: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      6549: .Ar path
                   6550: .Xc
1.858     kn       6551: .Tg loadb
1.870     kn       6552: .D1 Pq alias: Ic loadb
1.57      jmc      6553: Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
                   6554: .Ar path .
1.794     nicm     6555: If
                   6556: .Fl w
                   6557: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6558: .Ar target-client
                   6559: using the
                   6560: .Xr xterm 1
                   6561: escape sequence, if possible.
1.858     kn       6562: .Tg pasteb
1.57      jmc      6563: .It Xo Ic paste-buffer
1.278     nicm     6564: .Op Fl dpr
1.392     nicm     6565: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.170     nicm     6566: .Op Fl s Ar separator
1.158     nicm     6567: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6568: .Xc
1.870     kn       6569: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pasteb
1.158     nicm     6570: Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
                   6571: If not specified, paste into the current one.
1.57      jmc      6572: With
                   6573: .Fl d ,
1.392     nicm     6574: also delete the paste buffer.
1.57      jmc      6575: When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
1.170     nicm     6576: a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
                   6577: A custom separator may be specified using the
                   6578: .Fl s
                   6579: flag.
                   6580: The
1.57      jmc      6581: .Fl r
1.170     nicm     6582: flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
1.278     nicm     6583: If
                   6584: .Fl p
                   6585: is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
                   6586: buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
1.858     kn       6587: .Tg saveb
1.57      jmc      6588: .It Xo Ic save-buffer
                   6589: .Op Fl a
1.392     nicm     6590: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6591: .Ar path
                   6592: .Xc
1.870     kn       6593: .D1 Pq alias: Ic saveb
1.57      jmc      6594: Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
                   6595: .Ar path .
                   6596: The
                   6597: .Fl a
                   6598: option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
                   6599: .It Xo Ic set-buffer
1.794     nicm     6600: .Op Fl aw
1.392     nicm     6601: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6602: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.858     kn       6603: .Tg setb
1.392     nicm     6604: .Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6605: .Ar data
                   6606: .Xc
1.870     kn       6607: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setb
1.57      jmc      6608: Set the contents of the specified buffer to
                   6609: .Ar data .
1.794     nicm     6610: If
                   6611: .Fl w
                   6612: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6613: .Ar target-client
                   6614: using the
                   6615: .Xr xterm 1
                   6616: escape sequence, if possible.
1.383     nicm     6617: The
                   6618: .Fl a
                   6619: option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
1.392     nicm     6620: The
                   6621: .Fl n
                   6622: option renames the buffer to
                   6623: .Ar new-buffer-name .
1.858     kn       6624: .Tg showb
1.1       nicm     6625: .It Xo Ic show-buffer
1.392     nicm     6626: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.1       nicm     6627: .Xc
1.870     kn       6628: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showb
1.1       nicm     6629: Display the contents of the specified buffer.
1.57      jmc      6630: .El
                   6631: .Sh MISCELLANEOUS
                   6632: Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
                   6633: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.72      nicm     6634: .It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6635: Display a large clock.
1.858     kn       6636: .Tg if
1.334     nicm     6637: .It Xo Ic if-shell
1.410     nicm     6638: .Op Fl bF
1.334     nicm     6639: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6640: .Ar shell-command command
                   6641: .Op Ar command
                   6642: .Xc
1.870     kn       6643: .D1 Pq alias: Ic if
1.251     nicm     6644: Execute the first
1.57      jmc      6645: .Ar command
                   6646: if
                   6647: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6648: (run with
                   6649: .Pa /bin/sh )
1.251     nicm     6650: returns success or the second
                   6651: .Ar command
                   6652: otherwise.
1.410     nicm     6653: Before being executed,
                   6654: .Ar shell-command
                   6655: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6656: .Sx FORMATS
                   6657: section, including those relevant to
                   6658: .Ar target-pane .
1.335     nicm     6659: With
                   6660: .Fl b ,
                   6661: .Ar shell-command
                   6662: is run in the background.
1.410     nicm     6663: .Pp
                   6664: If
                   6665: .Fl F
                   6666: is given,
                   6667: .Ar shell-command
                   6668: is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
                   6669: are expanded).
1.858     kn       6670: .Tg lock
1.57      jmc      6671: .It Ic lock-server
1.870     kn       6672: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lock
1.90      nicm     6673: Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
                   6674: .Ic lock-command
                   6675: option.
1.858     kn       6676: .Tg run
1.308     nicm     6677: .It Xo Ic run-shell
1.809     nicm     6678: .Op Fl bC
1.929     nicm     6679: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.717     nicm     6680: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.308     nicm     6681: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.718     nicm     6682: .Op Ar shell-command
1.308     nicm     6683: .Xc
1.870     kn       6684: .D1 Pq alias: Ic run
1.87      nicm     6685: Execute
1.153     nicm     6686: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6687: using
                   6688: .Pa /bin/sh
1.809     nicm     6689: or (with
                   6690: .Fl C )
                   6691: a
                   6692: .Nm
                   6693: command in the background without creating a window.
                   6694: Before being executed,
                   6695: .Ar shell-command
                   6696: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6697: .Sx FORMATS
                   6698: section.
1.335     nicm     6699: With
                   6700: .Fl b ,
                   6701: the command is run in the background.
1.717     nicm     6702: .Fl d
                   6703: waits for
                   6704: .Ar delay
                   6705: seconds before starting the command.
1.929     nicm     6706: If
                   6707: .Fl c
                   6708: is given, the current working directory is set to
                   6709: .Ar start-directory .
1.809     nicm     6710: If
                   6711: .Fl C
                   6712: is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
                   6713: specified by
1.308     nicm     6714: .Fl t
1.809     nicm     6715: or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
                   6716: If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
1.858     kn       6717: .Tg wait
1.342     nicm     6718: .It Xo Ic wait-for
1.370     nicm     6719: .Op Fl L | S | U
1.342     nicm     6720: .Ar channel
                   6721: .Xc
1.870     kn       6722: .D1 Pq alias: Ic wait
1.343     nicm     6723: When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
1.342     nicm     6724: .Ic wait-for
                   6725: .Fl S
                   6726: with the same channel.
1.343     nicm     6727: When
                   6728: .Fl L
                   6729: is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
                   6730: channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
                   6731: .Ic wait-for
                   6732: .Fl U .
1.703     nicm     6733: .El
                   6734: .Sh EXIT MESSAGES
                   6735: When a
                   6736: .Nm
                   6737: client detaches, it prints a message.
                   6738: This may be one of:
                   6739: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.780     nicm     6740: .It detached (from session ...)
1.703     nicm     6741: The client was detached normally.
1.780     nicm     6742: .It detached and SIGHUP
1.703     nicm     6743: The client was detached and its parent sent the
                   6744: .Dv SIGHUP
                   6745: signal (for example with
                   6746: .Ic detach-client
                   6747: .Fl P ) .
1.780     nicm     6748: .It lost tty
1.703     nicm     6749: The client's
                   6750: .Xr tty 4
                   6751: or
                   6752: .Xr pty 4
                   6753: was unexpectedly destroyed.
1.780     nicm     6754: .It terminated
1.703     nicm     6755: The client was killed with
                   6756: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6757: .It too far behind
                   6758: The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
                   6759: .Nm .
                   6760: .It exited
1.703     nicm     6761: The server exited when it had no sessions.
1.780     nicm     6762: .It server exited
1.703     nicm     6763: The server exited when it received
                   6764: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6765: .It server exited unexpectedly
1.703     nicm     6766: The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
1.228     nicm     6767: .El
                   6768: .Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   6769: .Nm
1.478     nicm     6770: understands some unofficial extensions to
1.746     nicm     6771: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.744     nicm     6772: It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
                   6773: .Ic terminal-features
                   6774: option should be used.
1.228     nicm     6775: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.756     nicm     6776: .It Em \&AX
                   6777: An existing extension that tells
                   6778: .Nm
                   6779: the terminal supports default colours.
1.818     nicm     6780: .It Em \&Bidi
                   6781: Tell
                   6782: .Nm
                   6783: that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
1.739     nicm     6784: .It Em \&Cs , Cr
1.233     nicm     6785: Set the cursor colour.
1.232     jmc      6786: The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
                   6787: the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
                   6788: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6789: to change the cursor colour from inside
                   6790: .Nm :
                   6791: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     6792: $ printf \[aq]\e033]12;red\e033\e\e\[aq]
1.232     jmc      6793: .Ed
1.872     nicm     6794: .Pp
                   6795: The colour is an
                   6796: .Xr X 7
                   6797: colour, see
                   6798: .Xr XParseColor 3 .
1.753     nicm     6799: .It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
                   6800: Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
1.756     nicm     6801: These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
                   6802: .Em VT420
                   6803: compatible.
1.755     nicm     6804: .It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
                   6805: Disable and enable bracketed paste.
1.756     nicm     6806: These are set automatically if the
                   6807: .Em XT
                   6808: capability is present.
1.772     nicm     6809: .It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
                   6810: Disable and enable extended keys.
1.756     nicm     6811: .It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
                   6812: Disable and enable focus reporting.
                   6813: These are set automatically if the
                   6814: .Em XT
                   6815: capability is present.
1.893     nicm     6816: .It Em \&Hls
                   6817: Set or clear a hyperlink annotation.
1.898     nicm     6818: .It Em \&Nobr
                   6819: Tell
                   6820: .Nm
                   6821: that the terminal does not use bright colors for bold display.
1.837     nicm     6822: .It Em \&Rect
                   6823: Tell
                   6824: .Nm
                   6825: that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
1.649     nicm     6826: .It Em \&Smol
                   6827: Enable the overline attribute.
1.611     nicm     6828: .It Em \&Smulx
1.672     nicm     6829: Set a styled underscore.
                   6830: The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
                   6831: underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
                   6832: underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
1.931     nicm     6833: .It Em \&Setulc , \&Setulc1, \&ol
1.797     nicm     6834: Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
1.931     nicm     6835: .Em Setulc
                   6836: is for RGB colours and
                   6837: .Em Setulc1
                   6838: for ANSI or 256 colours.
                   6839: The
                   6840: .Em Setulc
                   6841: argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
1.672     nicm     6842: and 255.
1.361     jmc      6843: .It Em \&Ss , Se
1.403     nicm     6844: Set or reset the cursor style.
1.232     jmc      6845: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6846: to change the cursor to an underline:
1.230     nicm     6847: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.934     nicm     6848: $ printf \[aq]\e033[4 q\[aq]
1.230     nicm     6849: .Ed
                   6850: .Pp
                   6851: If
1.403     nicm     6852: .Em Se
                   6853: is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
1.885     nicm     6854: .It Em \&Swd
                   6855: Set the opening sequence for the working directory notification.
                   6856: The sequence is terminated using the standard
                   6857: .Em fsl
                   6858: capability.
1.908     nicm     6859: .It Em \&Sxl
                   6860: Indicates that the terminal supports SIXEL.
1.741     nicm     6861: .It Em \&Sync
1.745     nicm     6862: Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
1.478     nicm     6863: .It Em \&Tc
                   6864: Indicate that the terminal supports the
                   6865: .Ql direct colour
                   6866: RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
1.518     nicm     6867: .Pp
1.612     nicm     6868: If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
1.518     nicm     6869: may be enabled by adding the
                   6870: .Ql initc
                   6871: and
                   6872: .Ql ccc
                   6873: capabilities to the
                   6874: .Nm
                   6875: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6876: entry).
1.739     nicm     6877: .Pp
                   6878: This is equivalent to the
                   6879: .Em RGB
                   6880: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6881: capability.
1.232     jmc      6882: .It Em \&Ms
1.478     nicm     6883: Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
1.232     jmc      6884: See the
                   6885: .Em set-clipboard
                   6886: option above and the
                   6887: .Xr xterm 1
                   6888: man page.
1.756     nicm     6889: .It Em \&XT
                   6890: This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
                   6891: terminal supports the
                   6892: .Xr xterm 1
                   6893: title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
1.345     nicm     6894: .El
                   6895: .Sh CONTROL MODE
                   6896: .Nm
                   6897: offers a textual interface called
                   6898: .Em control mode .
                   6899: This allows applications to communicate with
                   6900: .Nm
                   6901: using a simple text-only protocol.
                   6902: .Pp
                   6903: In control mode, a client sends
                   6904: .Nm
                   6905: commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
                   6906: Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
                   6907: An output block consists of a
                   6908: .Em %begin
                   6909: line followed by the output (which may be empty).
                   6910: The output block ends with a
                   6911: .Em %end
                   6912: or
                   6913: .Em %error .
                   6914: .Em %begin
                   6915: and matching
                   6916: .Em %end
                   6917: or
                   6918: .Em %error
1.916     nicm     6919: have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number
                   6920: and flags (currently not used).
1.345     nicm     6921: For example:
                   6922: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.835     nicm     6923: %begin 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6924: 0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
1.835     nicm     6925: %end 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6926: .Ed
1.535     nicm     6927: .Pp
                   6928: The
                   6929: .Ic refresh-client
                   6930: .Fl C
                   6931: command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
1.345     nicm     6932: .Pp
                   6933: In control mode,
                   6934: .Nm
                   6935: outputs notifications.
                   6936: A notification will never occur inside an output block.
                   6937: .Pp
                   6938: The following notifications are defined:
                   6939: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.830     nicm     6940: .It Ic %client-detached Ar client
                   6941: The client has detached.
1.750     jmc      6942: .It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
1.547     nicm     6943: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6944: .Ar session-id ,
                   6945: which is named
                   6946: .Ar name .
1.892     nicm     6947: .It Ic %config-error Ar error
                   6948: An error has happened in a configuration file.
1.778     nicm     6949: .It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
                   6950: The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
                   6951: .Ar pause-after
                   6952: flag is set, see
                   6953: .Ic refresh-client
                   6954: .Fl A ) .
1.345     nicm     6955: .It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
                   6956: The
                   6957: .Nm
                   6958: client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
                   6959: or an error occurred.
                   6960: If present,
                   6961: .Ar reason
                   6962: describes why the client exited.
1.788     nicm     6963: .It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
1.779     nicm     6964: New form of
                   6965: .Ic %output
                   6966: sent when the
                   6967: .Ar pause-after
                   6968: flag is set.
                   6969: .Ar age
1.916     nicm     6970: is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it
                   6971: was sent.
1.779     nicm     6972: Any subsequent arguments up until a single
                   6973: .Ql \&:
                   6974: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.916     nicm     6975: .It Xo Ic %layout-change
                   6976: .Ar window-id
                   6977: .Ar window-layout
                   6978: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6979: .Ar window-flags
                   6980: .Xc
1.345     nicm     6981: The layout of a window with ID
                   6982: .Ar window-id
                   6983: changed.
                   6984: The new layout is
                   6985: .Ar window-layout .
1.460     nicm     6986: The window's visible layout is
                   6987: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6988: and the window flags are
                   6989: .Ar window-flags .
1.914     nicm     6990: .It Ic %message Ar message
                   6991: A message sent with the
                   6992: .Ic display-message
                   6993: command.
1.347     nicm     6994: .It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
                   6995: A window pane produced output.
1.345     nicm     6996: .Ar value
1.350     nicm     6997: escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
1.547     nicm     6998: .It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
                   6999: The pane with ID
                   7000: .Ar pane-id
                   7001: has changed mode.
1.899     nicm     7002: .It Ic %paste-buffer-changed Ar name
                   7003: Paste buffer
                   7004: .Ar name
                   7005: has been changed.
1.904     nicm     7006: .It Ic %paste-buffer-deleted Ar name
                   7007: Paste buffer
                   7008: .Ar name
                   7009: has been deleted.
1.778     nicm     7010: .It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
                   7011: The pane has been paused (if the
                   7012: .Ar pause-after
                   7013: flag is set).
1.345     nicm     7014: .It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
                   7015: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   7016: .Ar session-id ,
                   7017: which is named
                   7018: .Ar name .
                   7019: .It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
                   7020: The current session was renamed to
                   7021: .Ar name .
1.547     nicm     7022: .It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
                   7023: The session with ID
                   7024: .Ar session-id
                   7025: changed its active window to the window with ID
                   7026: .Ar window-id .
1.345     nicm     7027: .It Ic %sessions-changed
                   7028: A session was created or destroyed.
1.788     nicm     7029: .It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
                   7030: .Ar name
                   7031: .Ar session-id
                   7032: .Ar window-id
                   7033: .Ar window-index
                   7034: .Ar pane-id ... \&  :
                   7035: .Ar value
                   7036: .Xc
                   7037: The value of the format associated with subscription
                   7038: .Ar name
                   7039: has changed to
                   7040: .Ar value .
                   7041: See
                   7042: .Ic refresh-client
                   7043: .Fl B .
                   7044: Any arguments after
                   7045: .Ar pane-id
                   7046: up until a single
                   7047: .Ql \&:
                   7048: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.345     nicm     7049: .It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
                   7050: The window with ID
                   7051: .Ar window-id
                   7052: was created but is not linked to the current session.
1.873     nicm     7053: .It Ic %unlinked-window-close Ar window-id
                   7054: The window with ID
                   7055: .Ar window-id ,
                   7056: which is not linked to the current session, was closed.
                   7057: .It Ic %unlinked-window-renamed Ar window-id
                   7058: The window with ID
                   7059: .Ar window-id ,
                   7060: which is not linked to the current session, was renamed.
1.345     nicm     7061: .It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
                   7062: The window with ID
                   7063: .Ar window-id
                   7064: was linked to the current session.
                   7065: .It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
                   7066: The window with ID
                   7067: .Ar window-id
                   7068: closed.
1.547     nicm     7069: .It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
                   7070: The active pane in the window with ID
                   7071: .Ar window-id
                   7072: changed to the pane with ID
                   7073: .Ar pane-id .
1.345     nicm     7074: .It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
                   7075: The window with ID
                   7076: .Ar window-id
                   7077: was renamed to
                   7078: .Ar name .
1.644     schwarze 7079: .El
                   7080: .Sh ENVIRONMENT
                   7081: When
                   7082: .Nm
                   7083: is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
                   7084: .Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
                   7085: .It Ev EDITOR
                   7086: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   7087: .Ql vi
                   7088: and
                   7089: .Ev VISUAL
                   7090: is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
                   7091: Overridden by the
                   7092: .Ic mode-keys
                   7093: and
                   7094: .Ic status-keys
                   7095: options.
                   7096: .It Ev HOME
                   7097: The user's login directory.
                   7098: If unset, the
                   7099: .Xr passwd 5
                   7100: database is consulted.
                   7101: .It Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7102: The character encoding
                   7103: .Xr locale 1 .
                   7104: It is used for two separate purposes.
                   7105: For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
                   7106: .Fl u
                   7107: option is given or if
                   7108: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7109: contains
                   7110: .Qq UTF-8
                   7111: or
                   7112: .Qq UTF8 .
                   7113: Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
                   7114: are replaced with underscores
                   7115: .Pq Ql _ .
                   7116: For input,
                   7117: .Nm
                   7118: always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
1.886     naddy    7119: If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and
1.644     schwarze 7120: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7121: is ignored for input.
                   7122: Otherwise,
                   7123: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7124: tells
                   7125: .Nm
                   7126: what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
                   7127: If the locale specified by
                   7128: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   7129: is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
                   7130: .Nm
                   7131: exits with an error message.
                   7132: .It Ev LC_TIME
                   7133: The date and time format
                   7134: .Xr locale 1 .
                   7135: It is used for locale-dependent
                   7136: .Xr strftime 3
                   7137: format specifiers.
                   7138: .It Ev PWD
                   7139: The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
                   7140: This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
                   7141: If the value of the variable does not match the current working
                   7142: directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
                   7143: .Xr getcwd 3
                   7144: is used instead.
                   7145: .It Ev SHELL
                   7146: The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
                   7147: See the
                   7148: .Ic default-shell
                   7149: option for details.
                   7150: .It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                   7151: The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
                   7152: See the
                   7153: .Fl L
                   7154: option for details.
                   7155: .It Ev VISUAL
                   7156: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   7157: .Ql vi ,
                   7158: use vi-style key bindings.
                   7159: Overridden by the
                   7160: .Ic mode-keys
                   7161: and
                   7162: .Ic status-keys
                   7163: options.
1.1       nicm     7164: .El
                   7165: .Sh FILES
1.26      nicm     7166: .Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
1.934     nicm     7167: .It Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf
1.6       jmc      7168: Default
1.1       nicm     7169: .Nm
1.6       jmc      7170: configuration file.
1.26      nicm     7171: .It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
                   7172: System-wide configuration file.
1.1       nicm     7173: .El
1.57      jmc      7174: .Sh EXAMPLES
                   7175: To create a new
                   7176: .Nm
                   7177: session running
                   7178: .Xr vi 1 :
                   7179: .Pp
                   7180: .Dl $ tmux new-session vi
                   7181: .Pp
                   7182: Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
                   7183: For new-session, this is
                   7184: .Ic new :
                   7185: .Pp
                   7186: .Dl $ tmux new vi
                   7187: .Pp
                   7188: Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
                   7189: If there are several options, they are listed:
                   7190: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7191: $ tmux n
                   7192: ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
                   7193: .Ed
                   7194: .Pp
                   7195: Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
                   7196: .Ql C-b c
                   7197: (Ctrl
                   7198: followed by the
                   7199: .Ql b
                   7200: key
                   7201: followed by the
                   7202: .Ql c
                   7203: key).
                   7204: .Pp
                   7205: Windows may be navigated with:
                   7206: .Ql C-b 0
                   7207: (to select window 0),
                   7208: .Ql C-b 1
                   7209: (to select window 1), and so on;
                   7210: .Ql C-b n
                   7211: to select the next window; and
                   7212: .Ql C-b p
                   7213: to select the previous window.
                   7214: .Pp
                   7215: A session may be detached using
                   7216: .Ql C-b d
1.64      nicm     7217: (or by an external event such as
                   7218: .Xr ssh 1
                   7219: disconnection) and reattached with:
1.57      jmc      7220: .Pp
                   7221: .Dl $ tmux attach-session
                   7222: .Pp
                   7223: Typing
                   7224: .Ql C-b \&?
                   7225: lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
                   7226: to navigate the list or
                   7227: .Ql q
                   7228: to exit from it.
                   7229: .Pp
                   7230: Commands to be run when the
                   7231: .Nm
                   7232: server is started may be placed in the
1.934     nicm     7233: .Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf
1.57      jmc      7234: configuration file.
                   7235: Common examples include:
                   7236: .Pp
                   7237: Changing the default prefix key:
                   7238: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7239: set-option -g prefix C-a
                   7240: unbind-key C-b
                   7241: bind-key C-a send-prefix
                   7242: .Ed
                   7243: .Pp
                   7244: Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
                   7245: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7246: set-option -g status off
1.378     nicm     7247: set-option -g status-style bg=blue
1.57      jmc      7248: .Ed
                   7249: .Pp
                   7250: Setting other options, such as the default command,
                   7251: or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
                   7252: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7253: set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
                   7254: set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
                   7255: .Ed
                   7256: .Pp
                   7257: Creating new key bindings:
                   7258: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   7259: bind-key b set-option status
1.934     nicm     7260: bind-key / command-prompt "split-window \[aq]exec man %%\[aq]"
                   7261: bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 \[aq]ssh %1\[aq]"
1.57      jmc      7262: .Ed
1.1       nicm     7263: .Sh SEE ALSO
                   7264: .Xr pty 4
                   7265: .Sh AUTHORS
1.477     nicm     7266: .An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com